0>>>>116-02-96 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन16-02-96 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban16-02-96 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x16-02-96 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 16-02-1996 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2 डायमण्ड जुबली वर्ष में विशेष अटेन्शन देकर समय और संकल्प के खज़ाने को जमा करो diamond jubilee varṣh mē̃ viśhēṣh attention dēkar samay aur saṅkalp kē|K khazānē kō jamā karō diamond jubilee[x] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dēnā[abs.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x year in special attention give[abs.] time and thought (of|K) treasure to accumulate
1In the Year of the Diamond Jubilee, pay special attention to accumulating the treasures of time and thoughts.
3आज त्रिमूर्ति रचता शिव बाप बच्चों को तीन बधाइयाँ दे रहे हैं . āj trimūrti rachtā śhiv bāp bachchō̃ kō tīn badhāiyā̃ dē rahē haĩ . āj trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tīn[adj.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today Trimurti (creator|x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) Shiva father child to x greetings give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
2Today, Father Shiva, the Creator of the Trimurti, is giving His children trimurti greetings.
4बच्चे बाप को बधाई देने आये हैं , तो बाप रिटर्न में तीन बधाइयाँ दे रहे हैं . bachchē bāp kō badhāī dēnē āyē haĩ , tō bāp return mē̃ tīn badhāiyā̃ dē rahē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] return mē̃[postp.] tīn[adj.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . child father to greetings give[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , then father return in x greetings give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
3Children have come to give greetings to the Father and so, in return, the Father is giving three types of greetings.
5एक शिव जयन्ती की , दूसरी डायमण्ड जुबली की और तीसरी वर्तमान समय उमंग - उत्साह से सेवा करने की बधाई . ēk śhiv jayantī kī|key , dūsrī diamond jubilee kī|key aur tīsrī vartamān samay umaṅg - utsāh sē sēvā karnē kī|key badhāī . ēk[adj.] śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] diamond jubilee[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur tīsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] - utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . one Shiva Jayanti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , other x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and third present time zeal - enthusiasm from service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) greetings .
4First are the greetings for Shiva Jayanti, the second are greetings for the Diamond Jubilee and the third are greetings for having zeal and enthusiasm for doing service at the present time.
6तो तीन बधाइयाँ चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा दे रहे हैं . tō tīn badhāiyā̃ chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā dē rahē haĩ . tō tīn[adj.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then x greetings everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
5So BapDada is giving three types of greetings to children in all directions.
7बाप के पास सबके दिलों के उमंग-उत्साह के सेवा के समाचार पहुँचते रहते हैं . bāp kē pās sabkē dilō̃ kē|K umaṅg-utsāh kē|K sēvā kē|K samāchār pahũchtē rahtē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . father to everyone's heart (of|K) zeal and enthusiasm (of|K) service (of|K) news reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
6The news of zeal and enthusiasm in everyone's heart for service reaches BapDada.
8ये अलौकिक जयन्ती सारे कल्प में नहीं होती है . yē alaukik jayantī sārē kalp mē̃ nahī̃ hōtī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] alaukik[adj.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . this alokik Jayanti the whole cycle in not be[pres.sg.f.23] .
7This alokik birthday cannot take place at any other time throughout the whole kalpa.
9क्योंकि सारे कल्प में चाहे देव आत्मा हो , चाहे महात्मा हो , चाहे साधारण आत्मायें हो लेकिन आत्मायें , आत्मा की जयन्ती मनाते हैं . kyōṅki sārē kalp mē̃ chāhē dēv ātmā hō , chāhē mahātmā hō , chāhē sādhāraṇ ātmāyē̃ hō lēkin ātmāyē̃ , ātmā kī|key jayantī manātē haĩ . kyōṅki sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dēv[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sādhāraṇ[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because the whole cycle in (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) deity soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) great soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) ordinary soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but soul , soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Jayanti celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
8Because, throughout the whole kalpa, whether it is deity souls, whether for great souls (the mahatmas) or whether for ordinary souls, you souls have been celebrating the birthdays of souls.
10और इस संगम पर आप श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें किसकी जयन्ती मनाने आये हो ? aur is saṅgam par āp śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ kiskī jayantī manānē āyē hō ? aur yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kī] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? and this confluence (at|other) you elevated soul who[.kī] Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
9However, at this confluence age, whose birthday have you elevated souls come to celebrate?
11परम आत्मा की और परम आत्मा बाप बच्चों की जयन्ती मनाते हैं . param ātmā kī|key aur param ātmā bāp bachchō̃ kī|key jayantī manātē haĩ . param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Supreme soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and Supreme soul father child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Jayanti celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
10That of the Supreme Father; and the Supreme Father celebrates the birthday of the children.
12सतयुग-त्रेता में भी परम आत्मा आपकी जयन्ती नहीं मनायेंगे वा आप परमात्मा की जयन्ती नहीं मनायेंगे . satyug-trētā mē̃ bhī param ātmā āpkī jayantī nahī̃ manāyēṅgē vā āp paramātmā kī|key jayantī nahī̃ manāyēṅgē . satyug-trētā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kī] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vā āp[pn.pl.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x in too Supreme soul you[.kī] Jayanti not celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or you Supreme Soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Jayanti not celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
11Even in the golden and silver ages, neither the Supreme Soul will celebrate your birthday, nor will you celebrate the birthday of God. 12So you are multi, multi, multimillion times lucky souls.
13तो कितने पद्म-पद्म-पद्म गुणा भाग्यवान आत्मा हो . tō kitnē padma-padma-padma guṇā bhāgyavān ātmā hō . tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then so multimillion fold fortunate soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
13Did you ever even think of this elevated fortune such as yours even in your dreams?
14ऐसे कभी अपने श्रेष्ठ भाग्य को स्वप्न में भी सोचा होगा ? aisē kabhī apnē śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kō svapn mē̃ bhī sōchā hōgā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? such ever one’s own elevated x to dream in too think[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?
14You didn't think about it, did you? 15However, today, you are celebrating this in the corporeal form.
15नहीं सोचा ? nahī̃ sōchā ? nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? not think[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 16लेकिन आज साकार रूप में मना रहे हैं . lēkin āj sākār rūp mē̃ manā rahē haĩ . lēkin āj sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . but today sakar Rup in celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
16So you have this happiness, do you not? 17You have a great deal of happiness.
17तो खुशी है ना ! tō khuśhī hai nā ! tō khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then happiness be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 18देखो चाहे देश वाले , चाहे विदेश वाले , चाहे मधुबन वाले , जो भी इस ग्रुप में बैठे हैं , कितना लक्की हैं ! dēkhō chāhē dēśh vālē , chāhē vidēśh vālē , chāhē madhuban vālē , jō bhī is group mē̃ baiṭhē haĩ , kitnā lucky haĩ ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lucky hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) land those who , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) abroad those who , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Madhuban those who , that too this group in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , so lucky be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
18Look, whether you are from this land or abroad, all those sitting in this group, even if you are Madhuban niwasis, wherever you are from, you have reached here and are sitting here today, and so you are so lucky!
19अन्दर क्या गीत गाते हो ? andar kyā gīt gātē hō ? andar kyā gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? inside what x sing[pres.pl.m.2] ?
19You are lucky, are you not?
20वाह मेरा भाग्य . vāh mērā bhāgya . vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . wah! I[.kā] x .
20So what song are you singing internally?
21और बाप भी गीत गाते हैं वाह बच्चों का भाग्य . aur bāp bhī gīt gātē haĩ vāh bachchō̃ kā bhāgya . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vāh bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] . and father too x sing[pres.pl.m.12hon3] wah! child of x .
21Wah, my fortune! 22And the Father also sings the song: Wah, the fortune of My children!
22विशेष सेवा का ग्रुप बैठा है ना , सब तरफ के विशेष हैं ना , तो विशेष सेवा का विशेष प्रत्यक्षफल प्राप्त करने वाली आत्मायें हो . viśhēṣh sēvā kā group baiṭhā hai nā , sab taraph kē|K viśhēṣh haĩ nā , tō viśhēṣh sēvā kā viśhēṣh pratyakṣhaphal prāpt karnē vālī ātmāyē̃ hō . viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group baiṭhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā , sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , tō viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] prāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . special service of group sit[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ , all direction (of|K) special be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , then special service of special x reached do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
23The group of souls doing special service is sitting here. 24Special souls from all directions have come. 25So you are the special souls who attain the practical, instant fruit of special service.
23तो बाप भी ऐसे श्रेष्ठ बच्चों को देख हर्षित होते हैं . tō bāp bhī aisē śhrēṣhṭh bachchō̃ kō dēkh harṣhit hōtē haĩ . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then father too such elevated child to see[root] cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
26The Father is also happy to see such elevated children.
24बच्चे ज्यादा हर्षित होते हैं या बाप होते हैं ? bachchē jyādā harṣhit hōtē haĩ yā bāp hōtē haĩ ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] harṣhit[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? child more cheerful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or father be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? 25दोनों . dōnō̃ . dōnō̃ . x .
27Are the children more happy than the Father or is the Father happier to see the children?
26या बाप ज्यादा होता है ? yā bāp jyādā hōtā hai ? yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? or father more be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
28Is it both or is the Father more happy?
27आप ज्यादा होते हो . āp jyādā hōtē hō . āp[pn.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . you more be[pres.pl.m.2] .
29You are more happy!
28अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
30Achcha.
29आज बापदादा चारों ओर के सेवाधारी डायमण्ड की माला को देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K sēvādhārī diamond kī|key mālā kō dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] diamond karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) server diamond (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
31Today, BapDada is seeing the rosary of the serviceable diamonds in all directions.
30आप सभी माला में हो ना ? āp sabhī mālā mē̃ hō nā ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] mālā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? you all garland in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
32All of you are part of the rosary, are you not?
31बाप के गले में डायमण्ड बन चमकने वाले माला के दाने हो या और कोई है ? bāp kē|K galē mē̃ diamond ban chamaknē vālē mālā kē|K dānē hō yā aur kōī hai ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] diamond ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] chamaknā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā aur kōī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? father (of|K) (throat|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) in diamond (x|become[root]) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who garland (of|K) bead (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or someone else be[pres.sg.23] ?
33Are you the beads, the sparkling diamonds, of the garland around Baba's neck or is someone else this? 34Are you this?
32आप ही हो और नहीं ? āp hī hō aur nahī̃ ? āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur nahī̃[neg] ? you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and not ?
35Are you this, and not anyone else?
33लोग कहते हैं कि 108 की माला लेकिन बापदादा के गले में आप सभी डायमण्ड्स की कितनी लम्बी माला है ? lōg kahtē haĩ ki 108 kī|key mālā lēkin bāpdādā kē|K galē mē̃ āp sabhī diamonds kī|key kitnī lambī mālā hai ? log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] 108 karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mālā[n.f.;sg.] lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] diamond karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mālā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? people say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that 108 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) garland but BapDada (of|K) (throat|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) in you all diamond (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) so x garland be[pres.sg.23] ?
36People speak of the rosary of one hundred and eight, but how big is the rosary of all of you diamonds around Baba's neck?
34108 तो आप नीचे बैठे हुए हो जायेंगे . 108 tō āp nīchē baiṭhē huē hō jāyēṅgē . 108 tō āp[pn.pl.] nīchē baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23]|baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 108 then you down (sit[opt.sg.23]|sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
37One hundred and eight would be of just all of you sitting down below.
35पीछे वाले भी हो ना ? pīchhē vālē bhī hō nā ? pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? x those who too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ? 36पहले पीछे वाले . pahlē pīchhē vālē . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pīchhē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . (firstly|x) x those who .
38All of you sitting at the back are also this, are you not?
37देखो ये भी त्याग का प्रत्यक्ष फल है कि बापदादा पीछे वालों को ज्यादा मुबारक देते हैं . dēkhō yē bhī tyāg kā pratyakṣha phal hai ki bāpdādā pīchhē vālō̃ kō jyādā mubārak dētē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|tyāgnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] bāpdādā pīchhē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this too (renunciation|renounce[root]) of visible fruit be[pres.sg.23] that BapDada x those who to more congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 38और उससे ज्यादा नीचे वालों को . aur ussē jyādā nīchē vālō̃ kō . aur vah[pn.sg.sē] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nīchē vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] . and that[.sē] more down those who to .
39Look, the instant fruit of renunciation is that BapDada gives more congratulations to those who are sitting at the back; and even more than them to the ones who are sitting down below (in the meditation hall).
39बापदादा हर एक बच्चे की विशेषता को देखते हैं . bāpdādā har ēk bachchē kī|key viśhēṣhtā kō dēkhtē haĩ . bāpdādā har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada each one child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
40BapDada sees the specialities of all the children.
40चाहे सम्पूर्ण नहीं बने हैं , पुरूषार्था हैं लेकिन ऐसा एक भी बाप का बच्चा नहीं है जिसमें कोई विशेषता नहीं हो . chāhē sampūrṇ nahī̃ banē haĩ , purūṣārthā haĩ lēkin aisā ēk bhī bāp kā bachchā nahī̃ hai jismē̃ kōī viśhēṣhtā nahī̃ hō . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sampūrṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) complete not become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] but such one too father of child not be[pres.sg.23] that[.mē̃] some speciality not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
41Even if you haven't become perfect but are still an effortmaker, there isn't a single child of the Father who doesn't have a speciality.
41सबमें विशेषता है . sabmē̃ viśhēṣhtā hai . sabmē̃ viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
42Each one of you has a speciality.
42सबसे पहली विशेषता तो कोटो में कोई के लिस्ट में तो हैं ना . sabsē pahlī viśhēṣhtā tō kōṭō mē̃ kōī kē|K list mē̃ tō haĩ nā . sabsē pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] tō kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K list mē̃[postp.] tō hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . the most x speciality then x in some (of|K) list in then be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
43The first speciality is that at least you are in the list of the handful out of multimillions.
43और विशेषता ये है कि बड़े-बड़े तपस्वी महान् आत्मायें , 16108 जगत्गुरू , चाहे शास्त्रवादी हैं , चाहे महामण्डलेश्वर हैं , लेकिन बाप को नहीं जाना और बाप के सभी बच्चों ने बाप को तो जान लिया ना . aur viśhēṣhtā yē hai ki baṛē-baṛē tapasvī mahān ātmāyē̃ , 16108 jagatgurū , chāhē śhāstravādī haĩ , chāhē mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar haĩ , lēkin bāp kō nahī̃ jānā aur bāp kē|K sabhī bachchō̃ nē bāp kō tō jān liyā nā . aur viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tapasvī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahān, mahā[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , 16108 x , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē śhāstravādī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē mahāmaṇḍalēśhvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā . and speciality this be[pres.sg.23] that very tapaswi great soul , 16108 x , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) mahamandleshwar be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but father to not (go[inf.m.sg.d.]|know[past-part.m.sg.d.]) and father (of|K) all child ∅ father to then know[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ .
44And the speciality is that even though the great tapaswi souls, those who call themselves the 16,108Jagadgurus, the scholars of the scriptures, even though the great Mahamandleshwars have not been able to recognise the Father, all the children of the Father have recognised the Father.
44तो बाप को जानना यह कितनी बड़ी विशेषता है . tō bāp kō jānnā yah kitnī baṛī viśhēṣhtā hai . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then father to know[inf.m.sg.d.] this so very speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
45Therefore, to know the Father is such a great speciality.
45दिल से मेरा बाबा तो कहते हैं ना . dil sē mērā bābā tō kahtē haĩ nā . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . heart from I[.kā] Baba then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
46You say from your heart, "My Baba".
46मेरा कह कर अधिकारी तो बन गये ना . mērā kah kar adhikārī tō ban gayē nā . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[root] karnā[root] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] nā . I[.kā] say[root] do[root] (one) who has a right then become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ .
47By saying, "My Baba", at least you claimed all rights.
47तो इसको क्या कहेंगे ? tō iskō kyā kahē̃gē ? tō yah[pn.sg.kō] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then this[.kō] what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
48What would you call this?
48जिसने बाप को परख लिया , पहचान लिया , तो पहचानना ये भी बुद्धि की विशेषता है , परखने की शक्ति है . jisnē bāp kō parakh liyā , pahchān liyā , tō pahchānnā yē bhī buddhi kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai , parakhnē kī|key śhakti hai . jō[pn.sg.nē] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , pahchānnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , tō pahchānnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , parakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that[.nē] father to x[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , recognise[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] , then recognise[inf.m.sg.d.] this too intellect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality be[pres.sg.23] , x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti be[pres.sg.23] .
49Those who have recognised the Father at least have the speciality of an intellect which is able to recognise the Father. 50At least they have the power to discern.
49तो आप सभी के परखने की शक्ति श्रेष्ठ है . tō āp sabhī kē|K parakhnē kī|key śhakti śhrēṣhṭh hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K parakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then you all (of|K) x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
51So, all of you have a very elevated power to discern. 52Achcha.
50अच्छा-आज विशेष मनाने आये हो ना ? acchā-āj viśhēṣh manānē āyē hō nā ? x viśhēṣh[adj.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] nā ? x special celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
53Today, all of you have specially come to celebrate, have you not?
51आज मनाने का दिन है या आज भी सुनने का दिन है ? āj manānē kā din hai yā āj bhī sunnē kā din hai ? āj manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā āj bhī[p.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? today celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] of day be[pres.sg.23] or today too listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] of day be[pres.sg.23] ?
54Today is the day for celebrating. 55It is, isn't it? 56Or, is today also just a day for listening to Baba?
52सुनना भी है ? sunnā bhī hai ? sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? listen[inf.m.sg.d.] too be[pres.sg.23] ?
57You also want to hear something?
53अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
58Achcha.
54तो शिवरात्रि कहते हैं लेकिन आपके लिए अभी क्या है ? tō śhivrātri kahtē haĩ lēkin āpkē liē abhī kyā hai ? tō śhivrātri[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ab[adv.hī] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then Shiva Ratri say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) now what be[pres.sg.23] ?
59People speak of Shiv Ratri, but what is it for you now? 60Is it night?
55आपके लिए रात्रि नहीं है तो क्या है ? āpkē liē rātri nahī̃ hai tō kyā hai ? āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you[.kē] (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) night not be[pres.sg.23] then what be[pres.sg.23] ?
61For you, if it not night, then what is it? 62The confluence?
56अमृतवेला है ? amr̥itvēlā hai ? amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? amrit vela be[pres.sg.23] ?
63Or is it amrit vela?
57आप तो रात्रि से निकल गये या थोड़ी-थोड़ी रात्रि अभी है ? āp tō rātri sē nikal gayē yā thōṛī-thōṛī rātri abhī hai ? āp[pn.pl.] tō rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? you then night from be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] or short night now be[pres.sg.23] ?
64You have come out of the night, have you not? 65Or, is it still a little bit of the night?
58छुट्टी ले गई ? chhuṭṭī lē gaī ? chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lē jānā[past-part.f.] ? permission carry ?
66Has the night taken leave?
59किसी भी प्रकार का अंधकार आता है कि खत्म हो गया ? kisī bhī prakār kā andhkār ātā hai ki khatm hō gayā ? kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] andhkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ? (anything|some) too form of darkness come[pres.sg.m.23] that finished be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?
67Do you have any type of darkness? 68Or has it finished?
60अमृतवेला सदा वरदान का समय है तो आपको रोज़ वरदान मिलता है ना ? amr̥itvēlā sadā vardān kā samay hai tō āpkō rōz vardān miltā hai nā ? amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] rōz vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? amrit vela constantly blessing of time be[pres.sg.23] then you[.kō] day blessing receive[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
69Amrit vela is the time for constant blessings, and so what do you receive every day?
61तो आप कहेंगे बाप आता रात्रि में है लेकिन हमारे लिये अमृतवेला गोल्डन मोर्निंग , डायमण्ड मोर्निंग हो गई . tō āp kahē̃gē bāp ātā rātri mē̃ hai lēkin hamārē liyē amr̥itvēlā golden mōrniṅg , diamond mōrniṅg hō gaī . tō āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ham[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] golden x , diamond x hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . then you say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] father come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] night in be[pres.sg.23] but we[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] amrit vela golden x , diamond x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
70You receive blessings, do you not? 71You would say that the Father comes in the night, but that it has become amrit vela, the golden morning and the diamond morning, for all of you.
62तो ऐसे वरदानी स्वरूप अपना देखते हो ? tō aisē vardānī svarūp apnā dēkhtē hō ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then such bestower of blessings form (one’s own|adopt[root]) see[pres.pl.m.2] ?
72So, do you see your form as one who has received such blessings?
63माया वरदान भुला तो नहीं देती ? māyā vardān bhulā tō nahī̃ dētī ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhulānā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.f.] ? Maya blessing make you forget[root] then not give[pres-part.f.] ?
73Maya does not make you forget your blessings, does she?
64आती है माया ? ātī hai māyā ? ānā[pres.sg.f.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ? come[pres.sg.f.23] Maya ?
74Does Maya still come?
65कभी-कभी तो आती है ? kabhī-kabhī tō ātī hai ? kabhī[adv.] tō ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? ever then come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
75Does she come sometimes?
66माया तो लास्ट घड़ी तक आयेगी . māyā tō last ghaṛī tak āyēgī . māyā[n.f.;sg.] tō last ghaṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tak ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . Maya then last moment until come[fut.f.sg.23] .
76Maya will come till the final moments.
67ऐसे नहीं जायेगी . aisē nahī̃ jāyēgī . aisē nahī̃[x] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . it isn't that go[fut.f.sg.23] .
77She will not go away just like that.
68लेकिन माया का काम है आना और आपका काम है दूर से भगाना . lēkin māyā kā kām hai ānā aur āpkā kām hai dūr sē bhagānā . lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] bhagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but Maya of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and you[.kā] (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] distant from chase away[inf.m.sg.d.] .
78It is Maya's duty to come and your duty to chase her away from a distance.
69आ जावे फिर भगाओ , ये नहीं . ā jāvē phir bhagāō , yē nahī̃ . ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bhagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] . come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) chase away[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , this not . 70ये टाइम अभी समाप्त हुआ . yē time abhī samāpt huā . yah[pn.pl.d.] time ab[adv.hī] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . this time now finished be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
79You cannot tell her not to come nor should you chase her after she has come.
71माया आवे और आपको हिलावे फिर आप भगाओ , टाइम तो गया ना ! māyā āvē aur āpkō hilāvē phir āp bhagāō , time tō gayā nā ! māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] aur āp[pn.pl.kō] hilānā[opt.sg.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] bhagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , time tō jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! Maya come[opt.sg.23] and you[.kō] make fluctuate[opt.sg.23] (turn[root]|then) you chase away[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , time then go[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ ! 72लेकिन साइलेन्स के साधनों से आप दूर से ही पहचान सकते हो कि ये माया है . lēkin silence kē|K sādhanō̃ sē āp dūr sē hī pahchān saktē hō ki yē māyā hai . lēkin silence kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] dūr[adj.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] pahchānnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but silence (of|K) facilities from you distant from only recognise[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that this Maya be[pres.sg.23] .
80No, that time has now finished. 81The time when Maya came and made you fluctuate and then you chased her away has now gone. 82However, with the method of silence, you can recognise Maya from a distance.
73इसमें भी टाइम वेस्ट नहीं करो और माया भी देखती है ना कि चलो आने तो देते हैं ना , तो आदत पड़ जाती है आने की . ismē̃ bhī time waste|west nahī̃ karō aur māyā bhī dēkhtī hai nā ki chalō ānē tō dētē haĩ nā , tō ādat paṛ jātī hai ānē kī|key . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] time waste|west nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ki[conj.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] tō dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō ādat[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . this[.mē̃] too time (waste|west) not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and Maya too see[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ that continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) then give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then habit fall[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
83Do not waste any time in this. 84Maya also sees that you allow her to come and so she develops the habit to come.
74जैसे कोई पशु को , जानवर को अपने घर में आने की आदत डाल दो फिर तंग होकर भगाओ भी लेकिन आदत तो पड़ जाती है ना ! jaisē kōī paśhu kō , jānvar kō apnē ghar mē̃ ānē kī|key ādat ḍāl dō phir taṅg hōkar bhagāō bhī lēkin ādat tō paṛ jātī hai nā ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] paśhu[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , jānvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] taṅg[adj.] hōnā[abs.] bhagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bhī[p.] lēkin ādat[n.f.;sg.] tō paṛnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] nā ! like some animal to , animal to one’s own home in (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] (turn[root]|then) x be[abs.] chase away[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] too but habit then fall[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
85If you instil a habit in a bird or an animal to come to your home, and then, when you are fed up, if you try to chase it away, it will not go because it has developed the habit.
75और बाप ने सुनाया था कि व्ई बच्चे तो माया को चाय-पानी भी पिलाते हैं . aur bāp nē sunāyā thā ki vī bachchē tō māyā kō chāy-pānī bhī pilātē haĩ . aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] sunānā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] x bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] chāy-pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] pilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and father ∅ speak[past-perf.m.sg.] that x child then Maya to tea too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
86And Baba has already told you earlier that some children even offer hospitality of tea etc. to Maya.
76चाय-पानी कौन सी पिलाते हो ? chāy-pānī kaun see|sī|C pilātē hō ? chāy-pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C pilānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? tea who (see|x) x[pres.pl.m.2] ?
87What tea do you offer her? 88You know about this, do you not?
77पता है ना ? patā hai nā ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? knowledge be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
89"What can I do?
78क्या करूँ , कैसे करूँ , अभी तो पुरूषार्था हूँ , अभी तो सम्पूर्ण नहीं बने हैं , आखिर हो जायेंगे - ये संकल्प चाय-पानी हैं . kyā karū̃ , kaisē karū̃ , abhī tō purūṣārthā hū̃ , abhī tō sampūrṇ nahī̃ banē haĩ , ākhir hō jāyēṅgē - yē saṅkalp chāy-pānī haĩ . kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , ab[adv.hī] tō x hōnā[pres.sg.1] , ab[adv.hī] tō sampūrṇ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , ākhir hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] - yah[pn.pl.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāy-pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . what do[opt.sg.1] , how do[opt.sg.1] , now then x be[pres.sg.1] , now then complete not become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , at last be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] - this thought tea be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
90How can I do it? 91I am still an effortmaker. 92I haven't yet become perfect, but I will become this by the end." 93These thoughts are the tea.
79तो वो देखती है चाय-पानी तो मिलती है . tō vō dēkhtī hai chāy-pānī tō miltī hai . tō vah[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] chāy-pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then that see[pres.sg.f.23] tea then receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
94So Maya sees that she is being offered tea.
80किसी को भी अगर चाय-पानी पिलाओ तो वो जायेगा कि बैठ जायेगा ? kisī kō bhī agar chāy-pānī pilāō tō vō jāyēgā ki baiṭh jāyēgā ? kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] agar chāy-pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.] pilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō vah[pn.;d.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ? (anything|some) to too if tea x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then that go[fut.m.sg.23] that sit[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ?
95If you offer tea to someone, would that person go away or would he sit there comfortably?
81तो जब भी कोई परिस्थिति आती है तो क्यों , क्या , कैसे , कभी-कभी तो होता ही है , अभी कौन पास हुआ है , सबके पास है - ये है माया की खातिरी करना . tō jab bhī kōī paristhiti ātī hai tō kyō̃ , kyā , kaisē , kabhī-kabhī tō hōtā hī hai , abhī kaun pās|pass huā hai , sabkē pās|pass hai - yē hai māyā kī|key khātirī karnā . tō jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō kyō̃ , kyā , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kabhī[adv.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] kaun[pn.;d.] pās|pass hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.sg.23] - yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then when too some circumstances come[pres.sg.f.23] then why , what , how , ever then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , now who (x|pass) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , everyone's (x|pass) be[pres.sg.23] - this be[pres.sg.23] Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) hospitality do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
96So whenever any situation comes and you have the thoughts of "Why? what? how? this happens sometimes anyway, who has passed as yet? everyone has this" etc, this is offering hospitality to Maya.
82कुछ नमकीन , कुछ मीठा भी खिला देते हो . kuchh namkīn , kuchh mīṭhā bhī khilā dētē hō . kuchh namkīn[adj.] , kuchh mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] khilānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . anything savoury , anything sweet too feed[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .
97You offer her something savoury and also something sweet.
83और फिर क्या करते हो ? aur phir kyā kartē hō ? aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? and (turn[root]|then) what do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
98What do you do then?
84फिर तंग होकर कहते हो अभी बाबा आप ही भगाओ . phir taṅg hōkar kahtē hō abhī bābā āp hī bhagāō . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] taṅg[adj.] hōnā[abs.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ab[adv.hī] bābā āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] bhagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (turn[root]|then) x be[abs.] say[pres.pl.m.2] now Baba you only chase away[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
99Then, when you are distressed, you tell Baba to chase her away.
85आने आप देते हो और भगाये बाबा , क्यों ? ānē āp dētē hō aur bhagāyē bābā , kyō̃ ? ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] āp[pn.pl.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur bhagānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bābā , kyō̃ ? (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) you give[pres.pl.m.2] and chase away[past-part.m.pl.,o.] Baba , why ?
100You are the ones who allow her to come; so why should Baba chase her away?
86आने क्यों देते हो ? ānē kyō̃ dētē hō ? ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) why give[pres.pl.m.2] ?
101Why do you allow her to come?
87माया बार-बार क्यों आती है ? māyā bār-bār kyō̃ ātī hai ? māyā[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kyō̃ ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? Maya time why come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
102Why does Maya come again and again?
88हर समय , हर कर्म करते , त्रिकालदर्शी की सीट पर सेट नहीं होते हो . har|her samay , har|her karma kartē , trikāldarśhī kī|key seat par set nahī̃ hōtē hō . harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , trikāldarśhī[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key seat par[postp.]|par[adj.] set nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] . (x[root]|x) time , (x[root]|x) deed do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , trikaldarshi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) seat (at|other) set not be[pres.pl.m.2] . 89त्रिकालदर्शी अर्थात् पास्ट , प्रेजेन्ट और फ्युचर को जानने वाले . trikāldarśhī arthāt past , present aur future kō jānnē vālē . trikāldarśhī[adj.] arthāt past , present aur future kō[postp.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . trikaldarshi that is past , present and future to know[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
103Because at every second and whilst performing every action, you do not set yourself on the seat of being trikaldarshi. 104To be trikaldarshi means to know the past, present and future.
90तो क्यों , क्या नहीं करना पड़ेगा . tō kyō̃ , kyā nahī̃ karnā paṛēgā . tō kyō̃ , kyā nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . then why , what not do[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
105Then you would not have to ask "Why? what?" etc.
91त्रिकालदर्शी होने के कारण पहले से ही जान लेंगे कि ये बातें तो आनी हैं , होनी हैं , चाहे स्वयं द्वारा , चाहे औरों द्वारा , चाहे माया द्वारा , चाहे प्रकृति द्वारा , सब प्रकार से परिस्थितियाँ तो आयेंगी , आनी ही हैं . trikāldarśhī hōnē kē|K kāraṇ pahlē sē hī jān lē̃gē ki yē bātē̃ tō ānī haĩ , hōnī haĩ , chāhē svayã dvārā , chāhē aurō̃ dvārā , chāhē māyā dvārā , chāhē prakr̥iti dvārā , sab prakār sē paristhitiyā̃ tō āyēṅgī , ānī hī haĩ . trikāldarśhī[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] jānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tō ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē svayã dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē aurō̃ dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē māyā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē prakr̥iti[x] dvārā , sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , ānā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . trikaldarshi be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because beforehand only know[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] that this matter then come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , be[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) x through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) others through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Maya through , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) matter through , all form from circumstances then come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] , come[inf.f.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
106Because of being trikaldarshi, you would know in advance that these things are to come, that this is to happen. 107Whether through the self, through others, through Maya or through the elements, all types of circumstances will arise in all directions. 108They have to come.
92लेकिन स्व-स्थिति शक्तिशाली है तो पर-स्थिति उसके आगे कुछ भी नहीं है . lēkin sva-sthiti śhaktiśhālī hai tō par-sthiti uskē āgē kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . lēkin sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō par-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] āgē kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but original stage powerful be[pres.sg.23] then external situation of that[.kē] previously anything not be[pres.sg.23] .
109However, if the stage of the self is powerful, then the external situation is nothing in front of that.
93पर-स्थिति बड़ी या स्व-स्थिति बड़ी ? par-sthiti baṛī yā sva-sthiti baṛī ? par-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yā sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ? external situation very or original stage very ?
110Is an external situation greater than the stage of the self?
94या कभी स्व-स्थिति बड़ी हो जाती , कभी पर-स्थिति ? yā kabhī sva-sthiti baṛī hō jātī , kabhī par-sthiti ? yā kabhī[adv.] sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.f.] , kabhī[adv.] par-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ? or ever original stage very (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.f.] , ever external situation ?
111Which is greater? 112Or, is it sometimes the stage of the self and sometimes the external situations?
95तो इसका साधन है - एक तो आदि-मध्य-अन्त तीनों काल चेक करके , समझ कर फिर कुछ भी करो . tō iskā sādhan hai - ēk tō ādi-madhy-ant tīnō̃ kāl check karkē , samajh kar phir kuchh bhī karō . tō yah[pn.sg.kā] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ēk[adj.] tō ādi-madhya-ant tīnō̃[adj.] kal check karnā[abs.] , samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] karnā[root] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kuchh bhī[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then this[.kā] facilities be[pres.sg.23] - one then the beginning, the middle and the end all three x check do[abs.] , (understanding|understand[root]) do[root] (turn[root]|then) anything do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
113Does this become greater sometimes? 114The method for this is to check all three aspects of time the beginning, the middle and the end to understand them, and then do whatever is required.
96सिर्फ वर्तमान नहीं देखो . sirph vartamān nahī̃ dēkhō . sirph[adj.] vartamān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only present not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
115Do not just look at the present.
97सिर्फ वर्तमान देखते हो तो कभी परिस्थिति ऊंची हो जाती और कभी स्व-स्थिति ऊंची हो जाती . sirph vartamān dēkhtē hō tō kabhī paristhiti ūñchī hō jātī aur kabhī sva-sthiti ūñchī hō jātī . sirph[adj.] vartamān[adj.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kabhī[adv.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.f.] aur kabhī[adv.] sva-sthiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.f.] . only present see[pres.pl.m.2] then ever circumstances elevated (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.f.] and ever original stage elevated (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.f.] .
116If you simply look at the present, then sometimes the external situations become greater and sometimes the stage of the self seems greater.
98दुनिया में भी कहते हैं पहले सोचो फिर करो . duniyā mē̃ bhī kahtē haĩ pahlē sōchō phir karō . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . world in too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (firstly|x) think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
117In the world also, people say: Think before you act!
99नहीं तो जो सोच कर नहीं करते तो पीछे सोचना पश्चाताप का रूप हो जाता है . nahī̃ tō jō sōch kar nahī̃ kartē tō pīchhē sōchnā paśhchātāp kā rūp hō jātā hai . nahī̃ tō[x] jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[root] karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō pīchhē sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . otherwise that think[root] do[root] not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then x think[inf.m.sg.d.] repentance of Rup be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
118If you do not first think about it, then that later on takes on the form of repentance.
100ऐसे नहीं करते , ऐसे करते , तो पीछे सोचना अर्थात् पश्चाताप का रूप और पहले सोचना ये ज्ञानी तू आत्मा का गुण है . aisē nahī̃ kartē , aisē kartē , tō pīchhē sōchnā arthāt paśhchātāp kā rūp aur pahlē sōchnā yē gyānī tū ātmā kā guṇ hai . aisē nahī̃[x] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō pīchhē sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . it isn't that do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , such do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , then x think[inf.m.sg.d.] that is repentance of Rup and (firstly|x) think[inf.m.sg.d.] this gyani you soul of virtue be[pres.sg.23] .
119Then you think, "If I hadn't done that, but had instead done this." 120So these thoughts change into a form of repentance. 121However, to think about something beforehand is a sign of being an enlightened soul.
101द्वापर-कलियुग में तो अनेक प्रकार के पश्चाताप ही करते रहे हो ना ? dvāpar-kaliyug mē̃ tō anēk prakār kē|K paśhchātāp hī kartē rahē hō nā ? dvāpar-kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] nā ? x in then many form (of|K) repentance only do[pres-perf.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ ?
122In the copper and iron ages, you have been repenting in many different ways, have you not?
102लेकिन अब संगम पर पश्चाताप करना अर्थात् ज्ञानी तू आत्मा नहीं है . lēkin ab saṅgam par paśhchātāp karnā arthāt gyānī tū ātmā nahī̃ hai . lēkin ab[adv.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but now confluence (at|other) repentance do[inf.m.sg.d.] that is gyani you soul not be[pres.sg.23] .
123However, to carry on repenting at the confluence age is not a sign of being an enlightened soul.
103ऐसा अपने को बनाओ जो अपने आपमें भी , मन में एक सेकण्ड भी पश्चाताप नहीं हो . aisā apnē kō banāō jō apnē āpmē̃ bhī , man mē̃ ēk second bhī paśhchātāp nahī̃ hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.mē̃] bhī[p.] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] paśhchātāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such one’s own to create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that one’s own you[.mē̃] too , mind in one second too repentance not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
124Make yourself such that you do not have to repent in your mind for even one second.
104तो इस डायमण्ड जुबली में विशेष सारे दिन में एक समय और दूसरा संकल्प-इन दो खजानों पर अटेन्शन रखना . tō is diamond jubilee mē̃ viśhēṣh sārē din mē̃ ēk samay aur dūsrā saṅkalp-in dō khajānō̃ par attention rakhnā . tō yah[pn.sg.o.] diamond jubilee[x] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then this x in special the whole day in one time and other x (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) treasure (at|other) attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
125So, in this Diamond Jubilee, pay special attention to two treasures throughout the day: one is of time and the other of thoughts.
105वैसे खजाने तो बहुत हैं लेकिन विशेष इन दो खजानों के ऊपर अटेन्शन देना है . vaisē khajānē tō bahut haĩ lēkin viśhēṣh in dō khajānō̃ kē ūpar attention dēnā hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin viśhēṣh[adj.] in|yah[pn.pl.o.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē ūpar[x] attention dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x treasure then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but special (in|this) (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) treasure over attention give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
126There are many treasures, but you specially have to pay attention to these two treasures.
106हर दिन संकल्प श्रेष्ठ , शुभ कितना जमा किया ? har|her din saṅkalp śhrēṣhṭh , śhubh kitnā jamā kiyā ? harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] , śhubh[adj.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (x[root]|x) day thought elevated , pure and positive so accumulate ? 107क्योंकि पूरे कल्प के लिये जमा करने की बैंक अभी खुलती है . kyōṅki pūrē kalp kē|K liyē jamā karnē kī|key bank abhī khultī hai . kyōṅki pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bank ab[adv.hī] khulnā[pres.sg.f.23] . because full cycle (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bank now open up[pres.sg.f.23] .
127Every day, check how many elevated and pure thoughts you accumulated, because it is now that the bank has opened for you to accumulate for the entire kalpa.
108सतयुग में ये बैंक जमा की बन्द हो जायेगी . satyug mē̃ yē bank jamā kī band hō jāyēgī . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] bank jamā karnā[past-part.f.] band[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . golden age in this bank accumulate closed be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
128In the golden age, this bank for you to accumulate will be closed.
109ये बैंक भी नहीं होगी , दूसरी बैंक भी नहीं होगी . yē bank bhī nahī̃ hōgī , dūsrī bank bhī nahī̃ hōgī . yah[pn.pl.d.] bank bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bank bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . this bank too not be[fut.f.sg.23] , other bank too not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
129There will not be this bank nor will there be any other bank.
110इतना धन आपके पास होगा जो किसी से भी कुछ लेने की आवश्यकता नहीं होगी . itnā dhan āpkē pās|pass hōgā jō kisī sē bhī kuchh lēnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hōgī . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] kuchh lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . such wealth you[.kē] (x|pass) be[fut.m.sg.23] that (anything|some) from too anything take[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
130You will all have so much wealth that there will be no need for anyone to take from anyone else.
111बैंक में क्यों रखते हैं ? bank mē̃ kyō̃ rakhtē haĩ ? bank mē̃[postp.] kyō̃ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? bank in why keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
131Why is it kept in a bank?
112एक तो सेफ्टी और दूसरा ब्याज मिलता है . ēk tō safety aur dūsrā byāj miltā hai . ēk[adj.] tō safety aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] byāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one then safety and other interest receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
132Firstly, for safety and secondly, because you receive interest.
113कई बहुत होशियार होते हैं जो ब्याज से ही चलते रहते हैं . kaī bahut hōśhiyār hōtē haĩ jō byāj sē hī chaltē rahtē haĩ . kaī bahut hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] byāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . some very clever be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that interest from only continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
133Many are very clever in that they simply live on the interest they receive.
114और इस समय तो अगर ऐसे होशियार हैं तो अच्छे हैं , जमा करते हैं ना . aur is samay tō agar aisē hōśhiyār haĩ tō achchhē haĩ , jamā kartē haĩ nā . aur is samay[x] tō agar aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . and at this time then if such clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] then achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] , accumulate ∅ .
134If there are such clever ones at this time, that is good; at least they are accumulating.
115लेकिन ब्याज किस तरफ लगाते हैं वो देखना है . lēkin byāj kis taraph lagātē haĩ vō dēkhnā hai . lēkin byāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] dēkhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . but interest (who|what) direction attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that see[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
135However, you have to see how you are using the interest that you receive.
116तो सतयुग में न ये बैंक होगी , न रूहानी खजाने जमा करने की बैंक होगी . tō satyug mē̃ na yē bank hōgī , na rūhānī khajānē jamā karnē kī|key bank hōgī . tō satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] na[neg] yah[pn.pl.d.] bank hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , na[neg] rūhānī[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bank hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . then golden age in not this bank be[fut.f.sg.23] , not spiritual treasure (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bank be[fut.f.sg.23] .
136So, in the golden age, neither will there be that bank nor will there be the bank for you to accumulate the spiritual treasures.
117दोनों बैंक नहीं होगी . dōnō̃ bank nahī̃ hōgī . dōnō̃ bank nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . x bank not be[fut.f.sg.23] .
137Neither banks will exist there.
118इस समय एक का पद्मगुणा करके देने की बैंक है लेकिन एक जमा करेंगे तब पद्म मिलेगा , ऐसे नहीं . is samay ēk kā padmaguṇā karkē dēnē kī|key bank hai lēkin ēk jamā karē̃gē tab padma milēgā , aisē nahī̃ . is samay[x] ēk[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] padamguṇā karnā[abs.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bank hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ēk[adj.] jamā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] , aisē nahī̃[x] . at this time one of multimillion-fold do[abs.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) bank be[pres.sg.23] but one accumulate for only then multimillion receive[fut.m.sg.23] , it isn't that . 119हिसाब है . hisāb hai . hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . account be[pres.sg.23] .
138At present, this bank gives you multimillion fold return of one, but only when you accumulate onefold will you receive multimillionfold. 139You won't get it otherwise; there is the proper account.
120तो डायमण्ड जुबली में सच्चे डायमण्ड बनना ही है , ये तो पक्का है ना ? tō diamond jubilee mē̃ sachchē diamond bannā hī hai , yē tō pakkā hai nā ? tō diamond jubilee[x] mē̃[postp.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] diamond bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? then x in true diamond become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , this then firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
140So it is firm for all of you that, in this Diamond Jubilee, you have to become real diamonds, is it not?
121कि कभी संकल्प आता है कि पता नहीं बन सकेंगे या नहीं ? ki kabhī saṅkalp ātā hai ki patā nahī̃ ban sakē̃gē yā nahī̃ ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] yā nahī̃[neg] ? that ever thought come[pres.sg.m.23] that knowledge not become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] or not ?
141Or, do you sometimes have the thought about whether you will be able to become this or not?
122पता नहीं , तो नहीं आता ? patā nahī̃ , tō nahī̃ ātā ? patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? knowledge not , then not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
142You don't have the thought of not knowing, do you?
123क्या भी हो , त्याग करना पड़े , तपस्या करनी पड़े , निर्मान बनना पड़े , कुछ भी हो जाये , बनना जरूर है . kyā bhī hō , tyāg karnā paṛē , tapasyā karnī paṛē , nirmān bannā paṛē , kuchh bhī hō jāyē , bannā jarūr hai . kyā bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|tyāgnā[root] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , nirmān[adj.] bannā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] zarūr hōnā[pres.sg.23] . what too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (renunciation|renounce[root]) do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , tapasya do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , humble become[opt.sg.23.oblig2] , anything be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] , become[inf.m.sg.d.] definitely be[pres.sg.23] .
143No matter what happens, even if you have to have renunciation, if you have to have tapasya, if you have to become humble, no matter what you have to do, you definitely have to become this. 144Is this all right?
124है ? hai ? hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? be[pres.sg.23] ?
145Speak!
125बोलो , हाँ जी या ना जी ? bōlō , hā̃ jī yā nā jī ? bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , hā̃ jī[x] yā nā jī[x] ? speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yes or no ?
146Ha ji or na ji? 147(Ha ji).
126 ( हाँ जी ) देखना , हाँ जी कहना तो बहुत सहज है . ( hā̃ jī ) dēkhnā , hā̃ jī kahnā tō bahut sahaj hai . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , hā̃ jī[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( yes ) see[inf.m.sg.d.] , yes say[inf.m.sg.d.] then very easy be[pres.sg.23] . 127हाँ जी बनना इसमें अटेन्शन देना पड़ेगा . hā̃ jī bannā ismē̃ attention dēnā paṛēgā . hā̃ jī[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] attention dēnā[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] . yes become[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] attention give[fut.m.sg.23.oblig2] .
148Just be careful, because it is very easy to simply say "Ha ji", but in order to become "ha ji", you have to pay a lot of attention.
128पहला-पहला त्याग ये मैं शब्द है . pahlā-pahlā tyāg yē maĩ śhabda hai . pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|tyāgnā[root] yah[pn.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (renunciation|renounce[root]) this I word be[pres.sg.23] .
149The first renunciation is of the word "I".
129ये मैं शब्द है बहुत पुराना लेकिन आजकल ये बहुत रॉयल रूप का हो गया है . yē maĩ śhabda hai bahut purānā lēkin ājkal yē bahut royal rūp kā hō gayā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bahut purānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēkin ājkal yah[pn.pl.d.] bahut royal rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . this I word be[pres.sg.23] very old but nowadays this very royal Rup of be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
150This word is very old, but in fact, this word today has taken on a very royal form.
130ये मैं शब्द समाप्त हो भाषा में भी बाबा-बाबा शब्द आ जाये . yē maĩ śhabda samāpt hō bhāṣhā mē̃ bhī bābā-bābā śhabda ā jāyē . yah[pn.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . this I word finished (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) language in too Baba word come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
151Even in your speech, this word "I" should finish and be replaced with "Baba, Baba".
131कहने में देखो साधारण बात है , मैं योग्य हूँ ना , तो योग्य हूँ तो सैलवेशन या सेवा उसी प्रमाण मिलनी चाहिये . kahnē mē̃ dēkhō sādhāraṇ bāt hai , maĩ yōgya hū̃ nā , tō yōgya hū̃ tō salvation yā sēvā usī pramāṇ milnī chāhiyē . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sādhāraṇ[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yōgya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] nā , tō yōgya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] tō salvation yā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ milnā[.oblig3] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ordinary matter be[pres.sg.23] , I worthy be[pres.sg.1] ∅ , then worthy be[pres.sg.1] then salvation or service that[.hī] (under) receive[.oblig3] .
152In speaking about it, it may seem something ordinary. 153"I am a worthy soul. 154Because I am worthy, I should be given facilities and service accordingly.
132मैं योग्य हूँ , मैं करती हूँ , तो ये राइट है ? maĩ yōgya hū̃ , maĩ kartī hū̃ , tō yē right hai ? maĩ[pn.sg.d.] yōgya[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.1] , tō yah[pn.pl.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? I worthy be[pres.sg.1] , I do[pres.sg.f.1] , then this right be[pres.sg.23] ?
155I am worthy, I am doing this." 156So is this right?
133करते तो हो ना फिर क्यों नहीं कहें करती तो हूँ ! kartē tō hō nā phir kyō̃ nahī̃ kahē̃ kartī tō hū̃ ! karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] karnā[pres-part.f.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.1] ! do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ (turn[root]|then) why not say[opt.pl.12hon3] do[pres-part.f.] then be[pres.sg.1] !
157"I am doing this, so why don't people say that I am doing this?
134मैं रांग हूँ , राइट हूँ , कहने में तो आयेगा ना मैं करती हूँ ! maĩ wrong hū̃ , right hū̃ , kahnē mē̃ tō āyēgā nā maĩ kartī hū̃ ! maĩ[pn.sg.d.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.1] , right hōnā[pres.sg.1] , kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā maĩ[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.1] ! I x be[pres.sg.1] , right be[pres.sg.1] , say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ I do[pres.sg.f.1] !
158Whether I am wrong or right, it would be said that I am doing it." 159Are you not doing it?
135… आप नहीं करती हो ? … āp nahī̃ kartī hō ? … āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.f.2] ? … you not do[pres.pl.f.2] ? 136करता बाबा है ! kartā bābā hai ! karnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! do[pres-part.m.sg.d.] Baba be[pres.sg.23] !
160It is Baba that is doing everything.
137वो बाप है करावनहार लेकिन करनहार तो आप हो ना . vō bāp hai karāvanhār lēkin karanhār tō āp hō nā . vah[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] karāvanhār lēkin karanhār[adj.] tō āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . that father be[pres.sg.23] karavanhar but Karanhar then you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ . 138तो मैं कहना रांग क्यों हुआ ? tō maĩ kahnā wrong kyō̃ huā ? tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] wrong kyō̃ hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then I say[inf.m.sg.d.] x why be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
161Baba is Karavanhar (One who inspires), but I am karanhar (one who does).
139वैसे जब मैं शब्द भी प्रयोग करते हो तो वास्तव में मैं शब्द किससे लगता है ? vaisē jab maĩ śhabda bhī prayōg kartē hō tō vāstav mē̃ maĩ śhabda kissē lagtā hai ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jab maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] prayōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vāstav mē̃[x] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.sē] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x when I word too experiment do[pres.pl.m.2] then x I word who[.sē] x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
162So why is it wrong to say that "I" am doing it? 163When you use the word "I", whom do you refer to as "I"?
140आत्मा से या शरीर से ? ātmā sē yā śharīr sē ? ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] yā śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ? soul from or body from ?
164The soul or the body?
141मैं कौन ? maĩ kaun ? maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? I who ?
165Who am "I"?
142आत्मा है ना , शरीर तो नहीं है ? ātmā hai nā , śharīr tō nahī̃ hai ? ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? soul be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , body then not be[pres.sg.23] ?
166"I" am the soul. 167It is not the body, is it?
143तो अगर देही अभिमानी बन , मैं आत्मा हूँ-इस स्मृति से मैं शब्द यूज़ करते हैं तो राइट है . tō agar dēhī abhimānī ban , maĩ ātmā hū̃-is smr̥iti sē maĩ śhabda use kartē haĩ tō right hai . tō agar dēhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimānī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] x smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] use karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō right hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then if soul conscious (x|become[root]) , I soul x awareness from I word use do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then right be[pres.sg.23] .
168If someone who is soul conscious uses the word "I" with the awareness of "I am a soul", then that is right.
144लेकिन मैं शब्द बॉडी कान्सेस के रूप में अगर यूज़ करते हैं तो रांग है . lēkin maĩ śhabda body conscious kē|K rūp mē̃ agar use kartē haĩ tō wrong hai . lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] body conscious[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] agar use karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but I word body conscious (of|K) Rup in if use do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then x be[pres.sg.23] .
169However, if you use the word "I" out of body consciousness, then that is wrong.
145सारे दिन में ये मैं शब्द बहुत आता है और आना ही है . sārē din mē̃ yē maĩ śhabda bahut ātā hai aur ānā hī hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut ānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . the whole day in this I word very come[pres.sg.m.23] and (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
170Throughout the day, you use the word "I" a great deal, and in fact, it will be used.
146तो अभ्यास करो-जब भी मैं शब्द कहते हो तो मैं कौन ? tō abhyās karō-jab bhī maĩ śhabda kahtē hō tō maĩ kaun ? tō abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] x bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? then practice x too I word say[pres.pl.m.2] then I who ?
171So practise being aware of the self: when you use the word "I", who are you?
147वास्तव में मैं है ही आत्मा . vāstav mē̃ maĩ hai hī ātmā . vāstav mē̃[x] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] . x I be[pres.sg.23] only soul .
172In fact, you are a soul.
148शरीर को मेरा कहते हैं . śharīr kō mērā kahtē haĩ . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . body to I[.kā] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
173Do you refer to the body as "I"?
149तो मैं शब्द अगर आत्म अभिमानी बनकर कहेंगे तो आत्मा को बाप स्वतः याद है . tō maĩ śhabda agar ātma abhimānī bankar kahē̃gē tō ātmā kō bāp svataḥ yād hai . tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar ātmā[n.f.;sg.] abhimānī[adj.] bannā[abs.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] svataḥ yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then I word if soul conscious become[abs.] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then soul to father automatically remembrance be[pres.sg.23] . 150कहने की भी जरूरत नहीं पड़ेगी . kahnē kī|key bhī jarūrat nahī̃ paṛēgī . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[fut.f.sg.23] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too need not fall[fut.f.sg.23] .
174You speak of it as "It is mine". 175If you use the word "I" with soul consciousness, then the soul will automatically remember the Father.
151हूँ ही मैं आत्मा - ये अभ्यास डाल दो . hū̃ hī maĩ ātmā - yē abhyās ḍāl dō . hōnā[pres.sg.1] hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] - yah[pn.pl.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . be[pres.sg.1] only I soul - this practice create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
176There won't be any need to say anything.
152जैसे ये उल्टा अभ्यास पड़ गया है और नेचरल हो गया है कि जब मैं शब्द बोलते हो तो अपना नाम-रूप स्मृति में आ जाता है . jaisē yē ulṭā abhyās paṛ gayā hai aur natural hō gayā hai ki jab maĩ śhabda bōltē hō tō apnā nām-rūp smr̥iti mē̃ ā jātā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.pl.d.] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur natural hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] jab maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] nām rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . like this upside down practice fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and natural be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] that when I word speak[pres.pl.m.2] then (one’s own|adopt[root]) name and form awareness in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
177"I am a soul" instil this practice, just as you have the practice of the natural awareness of your name and form when you speak of yourself. 178Who am "I"?
153मैं कौन हूँ ? maĩ kaun hū̃ ? maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? I who be[pres.sg.1] ?
179I am "Soandso".
154मैं फलानी हूँ . maĩ phalānī hū̃ . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] phalānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . I x be[pres.sg.1] .
180What am I like?
155यह नेचरल हो गया है ना ? yah natural hō gayā hai nā ? yah[pn.sg.d.] natural hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] nā ? this natural be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ∅ ? 156सोचना नहीं पड़ता है . sōchnā nahī̃ paṛtā hai . sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . think[inf.m.sg.d.] not fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
181You have had the wrong practice, and it has become natural.
157तो ये जो उल्टे भाव से मैं शब्द यूज़ करते हो तभी रिज़ल्ट में मेहनत ज्यादा और प्राप्ति कम होती . tō yē jō ulṭē bhāv sē maĩ śhabda use kartē hō tabhī result mē̃ mēhnat jyādā aur prāpti cum|kam hōtī . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] ulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] use karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tabhī result mē̃[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur prāpti[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.f.] . then this that upside down consciousness from I word use do[pres.pl.m.2] x result in effort more and attainment (x|less) be[pres-part.f.] .
182You don't even have to think about it. 183When you use the word "I" with the wrong awareness, you have to labour more and attain less results.
158कई बच्चे कहते हैं हम तो बहुत सेवा करते हैं , बहुत मेहनत करते हैं लेकिन प्राप्ति इतनी नहीं होती है . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ ham tō bahut sēvā kartē haĩ , bahut mēhnat kartē haĩ lēkin prāpti itnī nahī̃ hōtī hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tō bahut sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bahut mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin prāpti[n.f.;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we then very service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , very effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but attainment such not be[pres.sg.f.23] .
184Many children say that they are doing a lot of service, that they are making great effort, but that there isn't that much attainment. 185What is the reason for this?
159उसका कारण क्या ? uskā kāraṇ kyā ? vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ? that[.kā] because what ?
186Everyone has received the same blessing.
160वरदान सबको एक है , 60 साल वालों को भी एक तो एक मास वाले को भी एक है . vardān sabkō ēk hai , 60 sāl vālō̃ kō bhī ēk tō ēk mās vālē kō bhī ēk hai . vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , 60 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] tō ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . blessing everything one be[pres.sg.23] , 60 year those who to too one then one (month|x) those who to too one be[pres.sg.23] .
187Or, do some have different blessings? 188Those of sixty years have the same blessing as those who are just one month old.
161खजाने सभी को एक जैसे हैं . khajānē sabhī kō ēk jaisē haĩ . khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . treasure all to one like be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
189The treasures of everyone are the same.
162पालना सबको एक जैसी है , दिनचर्या , मर्यादा सबके लिए एक जैसी है . pālnā sabkō ēk jaisī hai , dincharyā , maryādā sabkē liē ēk jaisī hai . pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.]|pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sabkō ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , dincharyā[n.f.;sg.] , maryādā[n.f.;sg.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) everything one like be[pres.sg.23] , timetable , code of conduct everyone's (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for) one like be[pres.sg.23] .
190Everyone receives the same sustenance; the daily timetable and the maryadas are the same for everyone.
163दूसरी-दूसरी तो नहीं है ना ! dūsrī-dūsrī tō nahī̃ hai nā ! dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! other then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
191They are not different for some.
164ऐसे तो नहीं , विदेश की मर्यादायें और हैं , इण्डिया की और हैं , ऐसे तो नहीं ? aisē tō nahī̃ , vidēśh kī|key maryādāyē̃ aur haĩ , india kī|key aur haĩ , aisē tō nahī̃ ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] , vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key maryādā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , India karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] ? such then not , abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) code of conduct and be[pres.pl.12hon3] , India (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and be[pres.pl.12hon3] , such then not ?
192It isn't that the maryadas for those in the foreign lands are different from the maryadas of those in India. 193It isn't like that, is it?
165थोड़ा-थोड़ा फर्क है ? thōṛā-thōṛā phark hai ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? short difference be[pres.sg.23] ?
194Is there a slight difference?
166नहीं है ? nahī̃ hai ? nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? not be[pres.sg.23] ?
195There isn't, is there?
167तो जब सब एक है फिर किसको सफलता मिलती है , किसको कम मिलती है - क्यों ? tō jab sab ēk hai phir kiskō saphaltā miltī hai , kiskō cum|kam miltī hai - kyō̃ ? tō jab sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] cum|kam[adj.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] - kyō̃ ? then when all one be[pres.sg.23] (turn[root]|then) who[.kō] success receive[pres.sg.f.23] , who[.kō] (x|less) receive[pres.sg.f.23] - why ?
196Since everything is the same, why is it that some receive success whereas others receive less success?
168कारण ? kāraṇ ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? because ? 169बाप मदद कम देता है क्या ? bāp madad cum|kam dētā hai kyā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] kyā ? father x (x|less) give[pres.sg.m.23] what ?
197What is the reason for this? 198Is it that Baba gives less help?
170किसको ज्यादा देता हो , किसको कम , ऐसे है ? kiskō jyādā dētā hō , kiskō cum|kam , aisē hai ? kaun[pn.sg.kō] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēnā[x] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] cum|kam[adj.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? who[.kō] more give[x] , who[.kō] (x|less) , such be[pres.sg.23] ?
199Is it that Baba gives more help to some than to others?
171नहीं है . nahī̃ hai . nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . not be[pres.sg.23] .
200It isn't like that.
172फिर क्यों होता है ? phir kyō̃ hōtā hai ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? (turn[root]|then) why be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
201Then why is it like this?
173मतलब क्या हुआ ? matlab kyā huā ? matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? x what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
202What does this mean?
174अपनी गलती है . apnī galtī hai . apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] galnā[pres.sg.f.23] . one’s own x[pres.sg.f.23] .
203That it is your own mistake.
175या तो बॉडी-कॉन्सेस वाला मैं-पन आ जाता है , या कभी-कभी जो साथी हैं उन्हों की सफलता को देख ईर्ष्या भी आ जाती है . yā tō body-conscious vālā maĩ-pan ā jātā hai , yā kabhī-kabhī jō sāthī haĩ unhō̃ kī|key saphaltā kō dēkh īrṣhyā bhī ā jātī hai . yā tō body conscious vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , yā kabhī[adv.] jō[pn.;d.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] īrṣhyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . or then body conscious those who consciousness of “I” come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , or ever that companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success to see[root] jealousy too come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
204You either have the consciousness of "I" in terms of body consciousness, or you sometimes become jealous when you see the success of your companions.
176उस ईर्ष्या के कारण जो दिल से सेवा करनी चाहिये , वो दिमाग से करते हैं लेकिन दिल से नहीं . us īrṣhyā kē|K kāraṇ jō dil sē sēvā karnī chāhiyē , vō dimāg sē kartē haĩ lēkin dil sē nahī̃ . vah[pn.sg.o.] īrṣhyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[.oblig3] , vah[pn.;d.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . that jealousy (of|K) because that heart from service do[.oblig3] , that head from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but heart from not .
205Because of that jealousy, you do the service that you should do from your heart simply with your head and not from your heart.
177और फल मिलता है दिल से सेवा करने का . aur phal miltā hai dil sē sēvā karnē kā . aur phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . and fruit receive[pres.sg.m.23] heart from service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
206And, in fact, fruit is received of service done from the heart.
178कई बार बच्चे दिमाग यूज़ करते हैं लेकिन दिल और दिमाग दोनों मिलाके नहीं करते . kaī bār bachchē dimāg use kartē haĩ lēkin dil aur dimāg dōnō̃ milākē nahī̃ kartē . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] use karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ milānā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . some time child head use do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but heart and head x x[abs.] not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
207Many times, children use their heads for service, but they don't use both their heart and their head together.
179दिमाग मिला है उसको कार्य में लगाना अच्छा है लेकिन सिर्फ दिमाग नहीं . dimāg milā hai uskō kārya mē̃ lagānā achchhā hai lēkin sirph dimāg nahī̃ . dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sirph[adj.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . head receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that[.kō] task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] but only head not .
208It is good to use the head (the brain) that you have received, but let it not be just the head.
180जो दिल से करते हैं तो दिल से करने वाले के दिल में बाप की याद भी सदा रहती है . jō dil sē kartē haĩ tō dil sē karnē vālē kē|K dil mē̃ bāp kī yād bhī sadā rahtī hai . jō[pn.;d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp kī yād[x] bhī[p.] sadā rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] . that heart from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then heart from do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (of|K) heart in remembrance of the Father too constantly remain[pres.sg.f.23] .
209Those who do everything from their heart also have Baba's remembrance in their heart.
181सिर्फ दिमाग से करते हैं तो थोड़ा टाइम दिमाग में याद रहेगा-हाँ , बाबा ही कराने वाला है , हाँ बाबा ही कराने वाला है लेकिन कुछ समय के बाद फिर वो ही मैं-पन आ जायेगा . sirph dimāg sē kartē haĩ tō thōṛā time dimāg mē̃ yād rahēgā-hā̃ , bābā hī karānē vālā hai , hā̃ bābā hī karānē vālā hai lēkin kuchh samay kē bād phir vō hī maĩ-pan ā jāyēgā . sirph[adj.] dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] x , bābā hī[p.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hā̃ bābā hī[p.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] vah[pn.;d.] hī[p.] maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . only head from do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then short time head in remembrance x , Baba only make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] , yes Baba only make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] but anything time after (turn[root]|then) that only consciousness of “I” come[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
210When you just simply do everything with the head, then for a short while you remember in your head: Yes, Baba is the One who is inspiring, Baba is the One who is inspiring. 211However, after some time, there will be that consciousness of "I".
182इसलिए दिमाग और दिल दोनों का बैलेन्स रखो . isliē dimāg aur dil dōnō̃ kā balance rakhō . isliē dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore head and heart x of balance keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
212Therefore, maintain the balance of both the head and the heart.
183तो सुनाया डायमण्ड जुबली में क्या करना है ? tō sunāyā diamond jubilee mē̃ kyā karnā hai ? tō sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] diamond jubilee[x] mē̃[postp.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] x in what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
213So you have been told what you have to do for the Diamond Jubilee.
184विशेष बचत का खाता जमा करो . viśhēṣh bachat kā khātā jamā karō . viśhēṣh[adj.] bachat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . special x of (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) accumulate .
214Especially accumulate in your savings account.
185ऐसे नहीं , कि सारा दिन मेरे से कोई ऐसी बात नहीं हुई , किसको दुःख नहीं दिया , किसी से कुछ खिटखिट नहीं हुई अर्थात् गँवाया नहीं . aisē nahī̃ , ki sārā din mērē sē kōī aisī bāt nahī̃ huī , kiskō duḥkh nahī̃ diyā , kisī sē kuchh khiṭkhiṭ nahī̃ huī arthāt ganvāyā nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] , ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] , kaun[pn.sg.kō] duḥkhnā[root]|duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] sē[postp.] kuchh khiṭ-khiṭ nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] arthāt ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that , that the whole day I[.kē] from some such matter not be[past-part.f.] , who[.kō] (hurt[root]|sorrow) not give[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (anything|some) from anything complication not be[past-part.f.] that is lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] not .
215It shouldn't be that you simply check and say: I didn't do anything particularly wrong throughout the day today; that you didn't cause sorrow for anyone, that you didn't have any conflict with anyone today, that is, you didn't lose anything today.
186ये तो अच्छी बात है गँवाया नहीं लेकिन जमा किया ? yē tō achchhī bāt hai ganvāyā nahī̃ lēkin jamā kiyā ? yah[pn.pl.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ganvānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? this then achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] lose[past-part.m.sg.d.] not but accumulate ?
216It is good that you didn't lose anything, but did you accumulate anything?
187सेवा भी की तो अपने रूहानियत से सेवा में सफलता प्राप्त की ? sēvā bhī kī|key tō apnē rūhāniyat sē sēvā mē̃ saphaltā prāpt kī ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt karnā[past-part.f.] ? service too (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then one’s own x from service in success reach ?
217You may have done service, but in service also, did you attain success in service with your spirituality?
188वा सफलता जमा की ? vā saphaltā jamā kī ? vā saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] jamā karnā[past-part.f.] ? or success accumulate ?
218Did you accumulate success?
189तो सेवा में समय लगाया - ये तो अच्छी बात की ना लेकिन सेवा किस विधि से की ? tō sēvā mē̃ samay lagāyā - yē tō achchhī bāt kī|key nā lēkin sēvā kis vidhi sē kī|key ? tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.pl.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nā lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? then service in time attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] - this then achcha matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ∅ but service (who|what) method from (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
219It is good that you used your time for service, but with what method did you do that service?
190कई कहते हैं हम तो सारा दिन इतने सेवा में बिज़ी रहते हैं जो अपना ही नहीं पता पड़ता . kaī kahtē haĩ ham tō sārā din itnē sēvā mē̃ busy rahtē haĩ jō apnā hī nahī̃ patā paṛtā . kaī kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . some say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we then the whole day such service in busy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (one’s own|adopt[root]) only not knowledge fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
220Many say that they are so busy doing service throughout the day, that they are not even aware of their own self.
191बिज़ी रहते हैं यह बहुत अच्छा . busy rahtē haĩ yah bahut achchhā . busy rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . busy remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] this very achcha .
221It is very good that you remain busy.
192लेकिन सेवा का प्रत्यक्षफल जमा हुआ ? lēkin sēvā kā pratyakṣhaphal jamā huā ? lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? but service of x (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
222But did you accumulate the instant fruit of service?
193कि सिर्फ मेहनत की ? ki sirph mēhnat kī|key ? ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ? that only effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ?
223Or did you just labour?
194सेवा में समय 8 घण्टा लगाया लेकिन 8 ही घण्टे सेवा के जमा हुए ? sēvā mē̃ samay 8 ghaṇṭā lagāyā lēkin 8 hī ghaṇṭē sēvā kē|K jamā huē ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] 8 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin 8 hī[p.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? service in time 8 hour attach[past-part.m.sg.d.] but 8 only hour service (of|K) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
224You may have used eight hours for service, but did you accumulate those eight hours in service?
195समय जमा हुआ ? samay jamā huā ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? time (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
225Did you accumulate that time?
196कि आधा जमा हुआ , आधा भागदौड़ में , सोचने में गया ? ki ādhā jamā huā , ādhā bhāgdauṛ mē̃ , sōchnē mē̃ gayā ? ki[conj.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāg-dauṛ[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? that half (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , half running around in , think[inf.m.pl.,o.] in go[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
226Or did you accumulate half and was half of that time spent in running around and thinking about everything?
197श्रेष्ठ संकल्प , शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना के संकल्प जमा होते हैं . śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp , śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā kē|K saṅkalp jamā hōtē haĩ . śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . elevated thought , pure feeling , good wishes (of|K) thought (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
227Elevated thoughts and thoughts of good wishes and pure feelings are accumulated.
198तो सारे दिन में जमा का खाता नोट करो . tō sārē din mē̃ jamā kā khātā note karō . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] note karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then the whole day in saving account note do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
228So check your account of accumulation throughout the day.
199जब जमा का खाता बढ़ता जायेगा तो स्वतः ही डायमण्ड बन ही जाना है . jab jamā kā khātā baṛhtā jāyēgā tō svataḥ hī diamond ban hī jānā hai . jab jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] tō svataḥ hī[p.] diamond ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] hī[p.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . when saving account grow[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] then automatically only diamond (x|become[root]) only (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) .
229When your account of accumulation increases, you will automatically become a diamond.
200अभी भी समय और संकल्प - ना अच्छे में , ना बुरे में होते हैं . abhī bhī samay aur saṅkalp - nā achchhē mē̃ , nā burē mē̃ hōtē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] - nā achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] , nā burā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . now too time and thought - ∅ achcha in , ∅ bad in be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
230Even now, your time and thoughts are neither accumulated in the accounts of good nor the bad.
201तो बुरे में नहीं हुआ ये तो बच गये लेकिन अच्छे में जमा हुआ ? tō burē mē̃ nahī̃ huā yē tō bach gayē lēkin achchhē mē̃ jamā huā ? tō burā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] tō bachnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] lēkin achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mē̃[postp.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then bad in not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] this then x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] but achcha in (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 202समझा ? samjhā ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?
231It is good that you were saved from accumulating it in the account of bad, but did you accumulate in the account of good?
203समय को , संकल्प को बचाओ , जितना अभी बचत करेंगे , जमा करेंगे तो सारा कल्प उसी प्रमाण राज्य भी करेंगे और पूज्य भी बनेंगे . samay kō , saṅkalp kō bachāō , jitnā abhī bachat karē̃gē , jamā karē̃gē tō sārā kalp usī pramāṇ rājya bhī karē̃gē aur pūjya bhī banē̃gē . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] bachat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , jamā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.hī] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur pūjya[adj.] bhī[p.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . time to , thought to save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , the more now x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , accumulate then the whole cycle that[.hī] (under) kingdom too do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and worthy of worship too become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
232Do you understand? 233Now save your time and your thoughts. 234The more you save and accumulate now, then accordingly, you will rule and be worshipped throughout the kalpa.
204चाहे द्वापर से आप साकार रूप में तो गिरती कला में आते हो लेकिन आपका जमा किया हुआ खाता आपके जड़ चित्रों की पूजा कराता है . chāhē dvāpar sē āp sākār rūp mē̃ tō girtī kalā mē̃ ātē hō lēkin āpkā jamā kiyā huā khātā āpkē jaṛ chitrō̃ kī|key pūjā karātā hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dvāpar sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō girtī kalā[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kā] jamā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] karānā[pres.sg.m.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) copper age from you sakar Rup in then x in come[pres.pl.m.2] but you[.kā] accumulate be[past-part.m.sg.d.] (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) you[.kē] (x|non-conscious|stud[root]) picture (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) make commit[pres.sg.m.23] . 205तो सब ये नोट करना तो मालूम पड़ जायेगा कि व्यर्थ वा साधारण समय कितना होता है ? tō sab yē note karnā tō mālūm paṛ jāyēgā ki vyarth vā sādhāraṇ samay kitnā hōtā hai ? tō sab[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] note karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ki[conj.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā sādhāraṇ[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then all this note do[inf.m.sg.d.] then x fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] that wasteful or ordinary time so be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
235Even in the copper age, when you come into the stage of descent, whatever you have accumulated enables your nonliving images to be worshipped. 236Therefore, note down all of this, and you will find out how much time is spent wastefully or in ordinary things and how many ordinary thoughts you have.
206साधारण संकल्प कितने होते हैं ? sādhāraṇ saṅkalp kitnē hōtē haĩ ? sādhāraṇ[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? ordinary thought so be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
237However, pay attention to one thing.
207लेकिन एक अटेन्शन रखना - अगर मानो आपका आज के दिन जमा का खाता बहुत कम हुआ तो कम देख करके दिलशिकस्त नहीं होना . lēkin ēk attention rakhnā - agar mānō āpkā āj kē|K din jamā kā khātā bahut kam huā tō cum|kam dēkh karkē dilśhikasta nahī̃ hōnā . lēkin ēk[adj.] attention rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - agar mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kā] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K din[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā kā khātā[x] bahut kam hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō cum|kam[adj.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but one attention keep[inf.m.sg.d.] - if x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kā] today (of|K) day saving account very decrease then (x|less) see[root] do[abs.] disheartened not be[inf.m.sg.d.] .
238If, for instance, your account of accumulation is very low for one day, that perhaps you may become disheartened seeing it so low. 239Would you be disheartened?
208और ही समझो कि अभी भी हमको चांस है जमा करने का . aur hī samjhō ki abhī bhī hamkō chance hai jamā karnē kā . aur hī[p.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] ham[pn.pl.kō] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . and only understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that now too we[.kō] chance be[pres.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of .
240Do not be disheartened. 241Instead, think even now you still have a chance to accumulate.
209अपने को उमंग-उत्साह में लाओ . apnē kō umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ lāō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own to zeal and enthusiasm in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
242Put zeal and enthusiasm into yourself.
210अपने आपसे रेस करो , दूसरे से नहीं . apnē āpsē race karō , dūsrē sē nahī̃ . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] race karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] . one’s own you[.sē] race do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , other from not .
243Have a race with your own self, not with others.
211अपने आपसे रेस करो कि आज अगर 8 घण्टे जमा हुए तो कल 10 घण्टे हो . apnē āpsē race karō ki āj agar 8 ghaṇṭē jamā huē tō kal 10 ghaṇṭē hō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.sē] race karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] āj agar 8 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō kal 10 ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one’s own you[.sē] race do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that today if 8 hour (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then x 10 hour (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
244Have a race with yourself such as, if today, you accumulated eight hours, tomorrow, you will accumulate ten hours.
212दिलशिकस्त नहीं होना . dilśhikasta nahī̃ hōnā . dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . disheartened not be[inf.m.sg.d.] .
245However, do not be disheartened.
213क्योंकि अभी फिर भी जमा करने का समय है . kyōṅki abhī phir bhī jamā karnē kā samay hai . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] phir bhī[x] jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|jamānā[root] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because now nevertheless (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation|make firm[root]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of time be[pres.sg.23] .
246Because now is still the time for accumulating.
214अभी टू लेट का बोर्ड नहीं लगा है . abhī too late kā board nahī̃ lagā hai . ab[adv.hī] too late[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now too late of board not x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
247The board of "too late" has not yet been put up.
215फाइनल रिजल्ट का टाइम अभी एनाउन्स नहीं हुआ है . final result kā time abhī announce nahī̃ huā hai . final result[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] time ab[adv.hī] announce nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x of time now announce not be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
248As yet, the time for the final result has not been announced.
216जैसे लौकिक में पेपर की डेट फाइनल हो जाती है तो अच्छे पुरूषार्था क्या करते हैं ? jaisē laukik mē̃ paper kī|key date final hō jātī hai tō achchhē purūṣārthā kyā kartē haĩ ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] laukik[adj.] mē̃[postp.] paper karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key date final hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? like worldly in paper (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) date final be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] then achcha x what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
249In the world outside, what do good effortmakers do when the date for the final paper is fixed?
217दिलशिकस्त होते हैं या पुरूषार्थ में आगे बढ़ते हैं ? dilśhikasta hōtē haĩ yā purūṣhārth mē̃ āgē baṛhtē haĩ ? dilśhikast[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? disheartened be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or effort in previously grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
250Do they become disheartened or do they move forward in their effort?
218तो आप भी दिलशिकस्त नहीं बनना . tō āp bhī dilśhikasta nahī̃ bannā . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then you too disheartened not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
251So you mustn't be disheartened either.
219और ही उमंग-उत्साह में आकरके दृढ़ संकल्प करो कि मुझे अपने जमा का खाता बढ़ाना ही है . aur hī umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ ākarkē dr̥iṛh saṅkalp karō ki mujhē apnē jamā kā khātā baṛhānā hī hai . aur hī[p.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[abs.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and only zeal and enthusiasm in come[abs.] determined thought do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I[.kō] one’s own saving account increase[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 220समझा ? samjhā ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?
252Instead, you should have that much more zeal and enthusiasm and have the determined thought: I have to increase my account of accumulation.
221दिलशिकस्त तो नहीं होंगे ? dilśhikasta tō nahī̃ hōṅgē ? dilśhikast[adj.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? disheartened then not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
253Do not say: Baba, what happened?
222फिर बाप को मेहनत करनी पड़े ! phir bāp kō mēhnat karnī paṛē ! phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] ! (turn[root]|then) father to effort do[opt.sg.23.oblig2] !
254This happened. 255Baba, save me, save me!
223फिर बड़े-बड़े पत्र लिखना शुरू कर देंगे - बाबा क्या हो गया … ऐसा हो गया … ! phir baṛē-baṛē patra likhnā śhurū kar dēgē - bābā kyā hō gayā … aisā hō gayā … ! phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] - bābā kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … ! (turn[root]|then) very x write[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] - Baba what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … such be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … !
256People go to your nonliving images and ask for protection.
224बाबा बचाओ , बचाओ - ऐसे नहीं कहना . bābā bachāō , bachāō - aisē nahī̃ kahnā . bābā bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - aisē nahī̃[x] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Baba save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - it isn't that say[inf.m.sg.d.] . 225देखो आपके जड़ चित्रों से जाकर मांगनी करते हैं कि हमको बचाओ . dēkhō āpkē jaṛ chitrō̃ sē jākar māṅgnī kartē haĩ ki hamkō bachāō . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kē] jaṛ[n.f.;sg.]|jaṛ[adj.]|jaṛnā[root] chitra[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jānā[abs.] mā̃gnā[inf.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kē] (x|non-conscious|stud[root]) picture from go[abs.] ask[inf.f.] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we[.kō] save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
257Therefore, you are the ones who save and protect others, not those who cry out to be saved.
226तो आप बचाने वाले हो , बचाओ-बचाओ कहने वाले नहीं . tō āp bachānē vālē hō , bachāō-bachāō kahnē vālē nahī̃ . tō āp[pn.pl.] bachānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , bachānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . then you save[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , save[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not .
258Do the double foreigners think that they will also be worshipped?
227डबल विदेशी समझते हैं कि हमारी भी पूजा होती है ? double vidēśhī samajhtē haĩ ki hamārī bhī pūjā hōtī hai ? double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] bhī[p.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? double foreigner understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we[.kī] too (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
259Or, is it just the people of Bharat who will be worshipped? 260Who is worshipped?
228कि भारत वालों की होती है ? ki bhārat vālō̃ kī|key hōtī hai ? ki[conj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? that Bharat those who (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
261You are worshipped, are you not?
229किसकी होती है ? kiskī hōtī hai ? kaun[pn.sg.kī] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? who[.kī] be[pres.sg.f.23] ? 230आपकी होती है ? āpkī hōtī hai ? āp[pn.pl.kī] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? you[.kī] be[pres.sg.f.23] ? 231तो सदा अपना राज्य अधिकारी स्वरूप और पूज्य स्वरूप - मैं पूज्य आत्मा हूँ , औरों को देने वाली दाता हूँ . tō sadā apnā rājya adhikārī svarūp aur pūjya svarūp - maĩ pūjya ātmā hū̃ , aurō̃ kō dēnē vālī dātā hū̃ . tō sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya adhikārī[x] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur pūjya[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] - maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , aurō̃ kō[postp.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . then constantly (one’s own|adopt[root]) master form and worthy of worship form - I worthy of worship soul be[pres.sg.1] , others to give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who bestower be[pres.sg.1] .
262So constantly keep in your awareness your form of being one who has a right to the kingdom and your worship worthy form. 263I am a worship worthy soul, I am a bestower who gives to others.
232लेवता नहीं , देवता हूँ . lēvtā nahī̃ , dēvtā hū̃ . lēvtā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] . x not , deity be[pres.sg.1] .
264I am not one who takes, but a deity who gives.
233बाप ने तो आपेही दिया ना या आपने मांगा तब दिया ? bāp nē tō āpēhī diyā nā yā āpnē māṅgā tab diyā ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tō āpēhī dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā yā āp[pn.pl.nē] mā̃gnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tab dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? father ∅ then automatically give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ∅ or you[.nē] ask[past-part.m.sg.d.] for only then give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
265Baba gave you everything by Himself, did He not? 266Or did He give when you asked for it?
234आपको तो मांगना भी नहीं आता था . āpkō tō māṅgnā bhī nahī̃ ātā thā . āp[pn.pl.kō] tō mā̃gnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[hab-past.m.sg.] . you[.kō] then ask[inf.m.sg.d.] too not come[hab-past.m.sg.] .
267You didn't even know how to ask.
235भक्ति में क्या मांगते थे ? bhakti mē̃ kyā māṅgtē thē ? bhakti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kyā mā̃gnā[hab-past.pl.m.] ? devotion in what ask[hab-past.pl.m.] ?
268Did you know how to ask for anything?
236एक बच्चा दे दो , एक मकान दे दो या इम्तहान में पास करा दो . ēk bachchā dē dō , ēk makān dē dō yā imtahān mē̃ pās|pass karā dō . ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , ēk[adj.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] yā imtahān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pās|pass karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . one child give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] , one building give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] or examination in (x|pass) make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
269What did you ask for in bhakti? 270Give me one child, give me a home, or help me to pass my exams.
237वर्से के अधिकारी नहीं समझते थे और बाप ने तो वर्से में सब कुछ दे दिया . varsē kē|K adhikārī nahī̃ samajhtē thē aur bāp nē tō varsē mē̃ sab kuchh dē diyā . varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[hab-past.pl.m.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] tō varsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sab kuchh[x] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] . inheritance (of|K) (one) who has a right not understand[hab-past.pl.m.] and father ∅ then inheritance in everything give[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] .
271You didn't consider yourself to have a right to the inheritance and yet the Father gave you everything in the inheritance.
238क्या अपने पास कुछ रखा है ? kyā apnē pās|pass kuchh rakhā hai ? kyā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass kuchh rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? what one’s own (x|pass) anything keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
272Did He keep anything for Himself?
239बिना मांगे दिया है . binā māṅgē diyā hai . binā mā̃gnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|mā̃gnā[opt.sg.23] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . without (ask[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ask[opt.sg.23]) give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
273He gave you everything without your asking for it.
240हम विश्व के राजा बन सकते हैं-ये कभी सोच सकते थे ? ham viśhva kē|K rājā ban saktē haĩ-yē kabhī sōch saktē thē ? ham[pn.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kabhī[adv.] sōchnā[hab-past.pl.m..root+saknā] ? we world (of|K) king (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x ever think[hab-past.pl.m..root+saknā] ?
274Could you ever have thought that you could become a master of the world?
241संगमयुगी ब्राह्मण आत्मा बन सकते हैं , ये भी कहाँ सोचते थे . saṅgamyugī brāhmaṇ ātmā ban saktē haĩ , yē bhī kahā̃ sōchtē thē . saṅgamyugī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] kahā̃ sōchnā[hab-past.pl.m.] . x Brahmin soul become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , this too where think[hab-past.pl.m.] .
275In fact, you never even thought that you could become a confluence aged Brahmin soul.
242तो जमा करो क्योंकि बापदादा ने देखा कि मेहनत बहुत करते हैं . tō jamā karō kyōṅki bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki mēhnat bahut kartē haĩ . tō jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then accumulate because BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that effort very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 243लेकिन जमा का खाता अभी जितना होना चाहिये उतना नहीं है . lēkin jamā kā khātā abhī jitnā hōnā chāhiyē utnā nahī̃ hai . lēkin jamā kā khātā[x] ab[adv.hī] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[.oblig3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but saving account now the more be[.oblig3] x not be[pres.sg.23] .
276So now accumulate. 277BapDada has seen that although you make a lot of effort and work very hard, the account of accumulation is still not as much as it should be.
244तो जब डेट एनाउन्स हो जायेगी फिर आप कहो कि हमको तो पता ही नहीं था . tō jab date announce hō jāyēgī phir āp kahō ki hamkō tō patā hī nahī̃ thā . tō jab date announce hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] āp[pn.pl.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kō] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past.m.sg] . then when date announce be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] (turn[root]|then) you say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we[.kō] then knowledge only not be[past.m.sg] . 245पता होता तो कर लेते थे . patā hōtā tō kar lētē thē . patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō karnā[hab-past.pl.m..root+lēnā] . knowledge be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then do[hab-past.pl.m..root+lēnā] .
278When the date is announced, you shouldn't say that you did not know, and that had you known it, you would have done something about it.
246इसलिए इस डायमण्ड जुबली में याद से , सेवा से , शुभ भावना , शुभ कामना से खाता जमा करो . isliē is diamond jubilee mē̃ yād sē , sēvā sē , śhubh bhāvnā , śhubh kāmnā sē khātā jamā karō . isliē yah[pn.sg.o.] diamond jubilee[x] mē̃[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , śhubh bhāvnā[x] , śhubh kāmnā[x] sē[postp.] khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore this x in remembrance from , service from , pure feeling , good wishes from (account|eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) accumulate .
279So now, in this Diamond Jubilee, accumulate remembrance, service, good wishes and pure feelings in your account.
247समझा क्या करना है ? samjhā kyā karnā hai ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? 248जमा करना है . jamā karnā hai . jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . accumulate .
280Do you understand what you have to do?
249बापदादा के पास तो सबका पहुँच ही जाता है . bāpdādā kē pās tō sabkā pahũch hī jātā hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pahuñchnā[root] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada to then everyone's reach[root] only go[pres.sg.m.23] .
281You have to accumulate. 282Everyone's account reaches BapDada.
250एक मास की रिज़ल्ट अपने आप देखो . ēk mās kī|key result apnē āp dēkhō . ēk[adj.] mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result apnē āp[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one (month|x) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result by yourself see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
283So look at your own result of one month.
251ऐसे नहीं कि यहाँ पत्र लिखकर भेजो . aisē nahī̃ ki yahā̃ patra likhkar bhējō . aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] yahā̃ patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] likhnā[abs.] bhējnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . it isn't that that here x write[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
284Do not write a letter to Baba and send it here.
252नहीं , ये अपने आप चेक करो और चेक करके चेंज करो . nahī̃ , yē apnē āp check karō aur check karkē change karō . nahī̃[neg] , yah[pn.pl.d.] apnē āp[x] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur check karnā[abs.] change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . not , this by yourself check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and check do[abs.] change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
285No, check it by yourself; then, after checking, what should you do? 286Change it!
253दिलशिकस्त नहीं बनो , चेंज करो . dilśhikasta nahī̃ banō , change karō . dilśhikast[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . disheartened not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
287Do not be disheartened, but change yourself.
254जब बाप साथ है तो बाप को यूज़ करो ना ! jab bāp sāth hai tō bāp kō use karō nā ! jab bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā ! when father with be[pres.sg.23] then father to use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ !
288Since the Father is with you, use Him.
255यूज़ कम करते हो , सिर्फ कहते हो बाबा साथ है , बाबा साथ है . use cum|kam kartē hō , sirph kahtē hō bābā sāth hai , bābā sāth hai . use cum|kam[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sirph[adj.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] bābā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bābā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . use (x|less) do[pres.pl.m.2] , only say[pres.pl.m.2] Baba with be[pres.sg.23] , Baba with be[pres.sg.23] .
289You don't use Him as much, but you simply say that Baba is with you, that Baba is with you.
256यूज़ करो . use karō . use karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . use do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
290But now, use Him.
257जब सर्वशक्तिमान साथ है तो सफलता तो आपके चरणों में दौड़नी है . jab sarvśhaktimān sāth hai tō saphaltā tō āpkē charaṇō̃ mē̃ dauṛnī hai . jab sarvśhaktimān[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] charaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dauṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . when almighty authorities with be[pres.sg.23] then success then you[.kē] x in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
291Since the Almighty Authority it with you, success should run before your feet.
258अच्छा , शिव जयन्ती वा शिवरात्रि के सम्बन्ध से आपका कम्बाइन्ड रूप कौन-सा गाया जाता है ? achchhā , śhiv jayantī vā śhivrātri kē|K sambandh sē āpkā combined rūp kaun-sā gāyā jātā hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā śhivrātri[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] combined rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|gānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] ? achcha , Shiva Jayanti or Shiva Ratri (of|K) relationship from you[.kā] combined Rup which (sing[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|sing[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) ?
292Achcha. 293Since you speak of the combined form, what is the praise of your combined form in terms of Shiv Jayanti?
259 ( शिवशक्ति ) . ( śhivśhakti ) . ( śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) . ( Shiv Shakti ) .
294Do you understand?
260ये पक्का है ? yē pakkā hai ? yah[pn.pl.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this firm be[pres.sg.23] ? 261या शक्ति अलग है , शिव अलग है ? yā śhakti alag hai , śhiv alag hai ? yā śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhiv alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? or Shakti separate be[pres.sg.23] , Shiva separate be[pres.sg.23] ?
295What combined form of yours is praised in connection with Shiv Jayanti?
262तो शिवशक्ति का अर्थ ही है कि कम्बाइन्ड हैं . tō śhivśhakti kā arth|earth hī hai ki combined haĩ . tō śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] combined hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then Shiv Shakti of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] that combined be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
296(Shiv Shakti.) 297Are you sure? 298Or, are the Shaktis separate from Shiva?
263अलग नहीं . alag nahī̃ . alag[adj.] nahī̃[neg] . separate not . 264फिर अलग कैसे करते हो ? phir alag kaisē kartē hō ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] alag[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? (turn[root]|then) separate how do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
299Shiv Shakti means to be combined; that they are not separate.
265अलग हो सकता है ? alag hō saktā hai ? alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ? separate be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?
300So how do you become separated?
266तो फिर कैसे होता है ? tō phir kaisē hōtā hai ? tō phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then (turn[root]|then) how be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
301Can you be separated? 302So how are you separated?
267जुड़ा हुआ तो है फिर अलग कैसे होता है ? juṛā huā tō hai phir alag kaisē hōtā hai ? juṛānā[root]|juṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] alag[adj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? (link[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then be[pres.sg.23] (turn[root]|then) separate how be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
303Since you are combined, how do you become separated?
268जुड़ा हुआ अलग नहीं होता है लेकिन सिर्फ माया फेस ऐसा कर देती है , घुमा देती है तो किनारा हो जाता है . juṛā huā alag nahī̃ hōtā hai lēkin sirph māyā face aisā kar dētī hai , ghumā dētī hai tō kinārā hō jātā hai . juṛānā[root]|juṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] alag[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin sirph[adj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] face aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , ghumānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] tō kinārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (link[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] separate not be[pres.sg.m.23] but only Maya face such do[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] , take everywhere[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] then x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
304That which is joined together cannot be separated, but it is just that Maya makes the face turn away in the other direction.
269तो मैं शिवशक्ति हूँ - ये स्मृति आज के शिव जयन्ती की यादगार है . tō maĩ śhivśhakti hū̃ - yē smr̥iti āj kē|K śhiv jayantī kī|key yādgār hai . tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] - yah[pn.pl.d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] āj kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yādgār[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then I Shiv Shakti be[pres.sg.1] - this awareness today (of|K) Shiva Jayanti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) memorial be[pres.sg.23] .
305She makes you turn away and so you step away from the Father. 306"I am a Shiv Shakti":this awareness is a memorial of Shiv Jayanti.
270और पाण्डव क्या हैं ? aur pāṇḍav kyā haĩ ? aur pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? and Pandava what be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
307And what are the Pandavs?
271आप भी शिवशक्ति हो या शिव पाण्डव हो ? āp bhī śhivśhakti hō yā śhiv pāṇḍav hō ? āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] śhiv śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā śhiv pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? you too Shiv Shakti (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or Shiva Pandava (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
308Are you also Shiv Shaktis or not? 309Are you Shiv Pandavs?
272क्या हो ? kyā hō ? kyā hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? what (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
310What are you?
273शक्ति तो हो ना ? śhakti tō hō nā ? śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? Shakti then (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
311You are Shaktis, are you not?
274अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
312Achcha.
275बच्चों ने पूछा था कि भविष्य में क्या सेवा होनी है ? bachchō̃ nē pūchhā thā ki bhaviṣhya mē̃ kyā sēvā hōnī hai ? bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] pūchhnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] kyā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? child ∅ ask[past-perf.m.sg.] that future in what service be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
313Children have asked what service is to take place in the future.
276तो बाप ने पहले भी कहा है कि अभी जहाँ तक ज्यादा में ज्यादा हो सके तो बनी-बनाई स्टेज़ पर आप चीफ गेस्ट हो , इस सेवा को और बढ़ाओ . tō bāp nē pahlē bhī kahā hai ki abhī jahā̃ tak jyādā mē̃ jyādā hō sakē tō banī-banāī stage par āp chief guest hō , is sēvā kō aur baṛhāō . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] jahā̃ tak[x] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] tō banā banāyā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] chief guest hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] aur baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then father ∅ (firstly|x) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that now as long as at the most be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] then predestined stage (at|other) you chief guest (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this service to and increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
314Baba had already told you earlier also that, as much as possible, you should be the chief guests on a readymade stage. 315Now increase this service even more.
277इसके लिये जो भी बड़े-बड़े एसोसिएशन्स हैं या कम्पनियाँ हैं , सोसाइटीज़ हैं उनमें विशेष निमित्त आत्माओं को परिचय दे समीप लाओ तो एक-एक की अलग-अलग सेवा करने की बजाय एक ही समय अनेक आत्माओं की सेवा हो जायेगी . iskē liyē jō bhī baṛē-baṛē ēsōsiēśansa haĩ yā companiyā̃ haĩ , sōsāiṭīz haĩ unmē̃ viśhēṣh nimitt ātmāō̃ kō parichay dē samīp lāō tō ēk-ēk kī|key alag-alag sēvā karnē kī|key bajāy ēk hī samay anēk ātmāō̃ kī|key sēvā hō jāyēgī . yah[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā company[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.mē̃] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] parichay dēnā[opt.sg.23] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ēk[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key alag[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bajāē ēk[adj.] hī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . this[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] that too very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] or company be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] special instrument soul to x[opt.sg.23] close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then one (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) separate service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x one only time many soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
316In this, bring the instrument souls of the big associations, companies and societies closer by giving them the introduction and then, instead of serving each one individually, you will be able to serve many souls at the same time. 317Now pay greater attention to this and increase this type of service.
278इस पर और आगे अटेन्शन दे बढ़ाओ . is par aur āgē attention dē baṛhāō . yah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] aur āgē attention dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this (at|other) and previously attention (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 279दूसरी बात , कि अभी आप ऐसे स्पीकर तैयार करो , बड़े माइक जो हैं वो अलग चीज़ हैं , वो तो करने ही हैं , लेकिन ऐसे सम्पर्क वालों को नॉलेज से समीप लाओ जो आपके ज्ञान की बातें , आप नहीं कहो लेकिन वो सिद्ध करके बतायें तो ये बात इस कारण से यथार्थ है . dūsrī bāt , ki abhī āp aisē speaker taiyār karō , baṛē mike jō haĩ vō alag chīz haĩ , vō tō karnē hī haĩ , lēkin aisē samparka vālō̃ kō knowledge sē samīp lāō jō āpkē gyān kī|key bātē̃ , āp nahī̃ kahō lēkin vō siddha karkē batāyē̃ tō yē bāt is kāraṇ sē yathārth hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] , ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] speaker taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] alag[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.;d.] tō karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] knowledge sē[postp.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , āp[pn.pl.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin vah[pn.;d.] siddh[adj.] karnā[abs.] batānā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yathārth[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . other matter , that now you such x x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , very mike that be[pres.pl.12hon3] that separate thing be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that then do[inf.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] , but such x those who to knowledge from close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that you[.kē] knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter , you not say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but that successful do[abs.] tell[opt.pl.12hon3] then this matter this because from x be[pres.sg.23] .
318Secondly, now prepare such speakers the great mikes are something different, you have to prepare them anyway but bring those who are in connection with you closer with knowledge so that they speak of the things of knowledge; so that you don't have to say anything, but that they themselves prove that this is right because of it.
280अभी शान्ति और प्रेम , यहाँ तक पहुँचे हैं और यही स्पीच करते हैं कि यहाँ प्रेम मिला , शान्ति अनुभव हुई वा ब्रह्मा बाप की कमाल है , यहाँ तक आये हैं लेकिन ब्रह्मा बाप में परम आत्मा की कमाल है , अभी वहाँ तक पहुँचाना है . abhī śhānti aur prēm , yahā̃ tak pahũchē haĩ aur yahī speech kartē haĩ ki yahā̃ prēm milā , śhānti anubhav huī vā brahmā bāp kī|key kamāl hai , yahā̃ tak āyē haĩ lēkin brahmā bāp mē̃ param ātmā kī|key kamāl hai , abhī vahā̃ tak pahuñchānā hai . ab[adv.hī] śhānti aur prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yahā̃ tak pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur yahī[pn.;d.] speech karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yahā̃ prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|milānā[root] , śhānti anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.f.] vā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yahā̃ tak ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ab[adv.hī] vahā̃ tak[x] pahuñchānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . now peace and love , here until reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and this x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that here love (receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) , peace experience be[past-part.f.] or Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] , here until come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but Brahma father in Supreme soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] , now ∅ cause to reach[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
319At present, they have reached the stage of experiencing peace and love, and they all say that they experienced a lot of love and peace here. 320Or, they even say that it is the wonder of father Brahma; they have reached this stage. 321But now you have to make them reach the stage where they say that it is the wonder of God working through Brahma.
281विदेश को बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं कि हिम्मत रख आई . पीज़ . को नज़दीक लाया है और दिन प्रतिदिन हर वर्ष कुछ न कुछ आगे बढ़ रहे हैं . vidēśh kō bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ ki himmat rakh āī . pīz . kō nazdīk lāyā hai aur din pratidin har|her varṣh kuchh na kuchh āgē baṛh rahē haĩ . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.f..root+ānā] . x . kō[postp.] nazdīk lānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur din[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratidin harnā[root]|har|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . abroad to BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that courage keep[past-part.f..root+ānā] . x . to x x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and day day by day (x[root]|x) year anything not anything previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
322Baba is congratulating the foreign lands because you have maintained courage and brought the I.Ps closer. 323Day by day, they are coming closer each year.
282लेकिन अभी ऐसे कोई चाहे 10-15 हो , ज्यादा नहीं हो , लेकिन पोज़ीशन वाले हो , जिसका प्रभाव सुनने वालों पर पड़ सके ऐसे चाहे भारत में , चाहे विदेश में , ऐसे ज्ञान के समीप लाओ जो वो परमात्म ज्ञान को स्वयं समझ कर स्पष्ट करे . lēkin abhī aisē kōī chāhē 10-15 hō , jyādā nahī̃ hō , lēkin position vālē hō , jiskā prabhāv sunnē vālō̃ par paṛ sakē aisē chāhē bhārat mē̃ , chāhē vidēśh mē̃ , aisē gyān kē|K samīp lāō jō vō paramātma gyān kō svayã samajh kar spaṣhṭ karē . lēkin ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē 10-15 hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin position vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.sg.kā] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] paṛnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.;d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] svayã samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] karnā[root] spaṣhṭ[adj.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . but now such some (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) 10-15 (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , more not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but position those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that[.kā] x listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (at|other) fall[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] such (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Bharat in , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) abroad in , such knowledge (of|K) close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that that Supreme Soul knowledge to x (understanding|understand[root]) do[root] clearly do[opt.sg.23] .
324But BapDada now wishes for there to be a group of fifteen to twenty maybe no more than that but those, who are in some position, who are able to influence those who hear them. 325Whether such souls are from Bharat or from the foreign lands, bring them closer through knowledge so that they themselves understand the Godly knowledge and clarify it for others.
283मेहनत है इसमें . mēhnat hai ismē̃ . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] . effort be[pres.sg.23] this[.mē̃] .
326This will take a lot of effort.
284लेकिन बाप की , परमात्म ज्ञान की प्रत्यक्षता अगर डायमण्ड जुबली के बाद भी नहीं करेंगे तो कब करेंगे ! lēkin bāp kī|key , paramātma gyān kī|key pratyakṣhatā agar diamond jubilee kē bād bhī nahī̃ karē̃gē tō kab karē̃gē ! lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] agar diamond jubilee[x] kē bād[x] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō kab karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! but father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , Supreme Soul knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation if x after too not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then when do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
327However, if you do not reveal the Father and the Godly knowledge even after the Diamond Jubilee, then when will you do it?
285अभी सेवाकेन्द्र 62 देशों में हैं ना , लेकिन हर एक स्टेट में बड़े माइक के पहले ऐसे छोटे-बड़े स्पीकर तैयार करो . abhī sēvākēndra 62 dēśhō̃ mē̃ haĩ nā , lēkin har ēk state mē̃ baṛē mike kē|K pahlē aisē chhōṭē-baṛē speaker taiyār karō . ab[adv.hī] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] 62 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , lēkin har ēk[x] state mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mike kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭē-baṛē[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] speaker taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now centre 62 land in be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , but each one x in very mike (of|K) (firstly|x) such the young and the old x x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
328Therefore, each state, and each country, and now there are centres in 62 countries whether small or big, each one should prepare such a speaker before preparing any mikes.
286भारत में भी हर स्टेट में ऐसा स्पीकर ग्रुप या एक-दो तैयार करो . bhārat mē̃ bhī har|her state mē̃ aisā speaker group yā ēk-dō taiyār karō . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] harnā[root]|har|her state mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] speaker group yā ēk-dō taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Bharat in too (x[root]|x) x in such x group or one another x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
329In Bharat also, in each state, prepare a group of such speakers or even one or two such souls.
287बाप की प्रत्यक्षता तब होगी जब दूसरे सिद्ध करें . bāp kī|key pratyakṣhatā tab hōgī jab dūsrē siddh karē̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] tab hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] jab dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] siddh karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation for only then be[fut.f.sg.23] when other justify[opt.pl.12hon3] .
330The Father will be revealed when others reveal Him.
288जैसे अभी तक जो सेवा की है तो औरों के अनुभव से आपका परिचय सुनकर वृद्धि होती गई है . jaisē abhī tak jō sēvā kī hai tō aurō̃ kē|K anubhav sē āpkā parichay sunkar vr̥iddhi hōtī gaī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] tak jō[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] tō aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . like now until that service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] then others (of|K) experience from you[.kā] introduction listen[abs.] growth be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] .
331Just as, the service that you have done till now has increased because people have received the introduction through the experience of others.
289जब से औरों ने कहना शुरू किया है कि वहाँ तो स्वर्ग है , शान्ति है , प्यार है , तो एक-दो का अनुभव सुनकर वृद्धि जल्दी हुई है . jab sē aurō̃ nē kahnā śhurū kiyā hai ki vahā̃ tō svarg hai , śhānti hai , pyār hai , tō ēk-dō kā anubhav sunkar vr̥iddhi jaldī huī hai . jab sē[postp.] aurō̃ nē[postp.] kahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] vahā̃ tō svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śhānti hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō ēk-dō kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] jaldī hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . when from others ∅ say[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that there then heaven be[pres.sg.23] , peace be[pres.sg.23] , love be[pres.sg.23] , then one another of experience listen[abs.] growth very quickly be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
332Since others have started to say that it is like heaven here, that there is a lot of peace and love, then when one another's experiences have been heard, expansion has taken place very quickly.
290तो यहाँ तक तो सेवा की है , उसकी मुबारक हो लेकिन आगे क्या करना है ? tō yahā̃ tak tō sēvā kī hai , uskī mubārak hō lēkin āgē kyā karnā hai ? tō yahā̃ tak tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āgē kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? then here until then service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , that[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but previously what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
333So you have served up to this point and so congratulations for that. 334However, what do you have to do further?
291ऐसा समीप लाओ . aisā samīp lāō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
335Bring them closer!
292अलग में ज्ञान की मेहनत करो , संगठन में नहीं होगा . alag mē̃ gyān kī|key mēhnat karō , saṅgaṭhan mē̃ nahī̃ hōgā . alag[adj.] mē̃[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . separate in knowledge (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , gathering in not be[fut.m.sg.23] .
336Make effort in knowledge individually. 337This will not happen in a gathering.
293लेकिन उसके लिये मेहनत कर सम्पर्क वालों को सेवा में लगाओ . lēkin uskē liyē mēhnat kar samparka vālō̃ kō sēvā mē̃ lagāō . lēkin uskā[pn.sg.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but of that[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] effort do[root] x those who to service in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
338But for this, make effort and engage those in service who are in connection with you.
294अभी धरनी तैयार की है . abhī dharnī taiyār kī hai . ab[adv.hī] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . now (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
339The field has now been prepared.
295अभी धरनी में परमात्म ज्ञान या परमात्म पहचान का बीज डालने का लक्ष्य रखो . abhī dharnī mē̃ paramātma gyān yā paramātma pahchān kā bīj ḍālnē kā lakṣhya rakhō . ab[adv.hī] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahchānnā[root]|pahchān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) in Supreme Soul knowledge or Supreme Soul (recognise[root]|recognition) of seed create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
340Now, keep the aim of sowing the seed of Godly knowledge and Godly recognition. 341It may take time.
296चाहे टाइम लगेगा , लेकिन ये भी लक्ष्य रखा तो हो गया ना ? chāhē time lagēgā , lēkin yē bhī lakṣhya rakhā tō hō gayā nā ? chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē time lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] , lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhānā[root]|rakhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ? (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) time x[fut.m.sg.23] , but this too aim (x[root]|keep[past-part.m.sg.d.]) then be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ ?
342But since you kept the aim, it happened, did it not? 343You attained success, did you not?
297सफलता मिली ना ? saphaltā milī nā ? saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] nā ? success receive[past-part.f.] ∅ ? 298नहीं तो पहले सोचते थे कि विदेश से यहाँ कैसे आयेंगे ? nahī̃ tō pahlē sōchtē thē ki vidēśh sē yahā̃ kaisē āyēṅgē ? nahī̃ tō[x] pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sōchnā[hab-past.pl.m.] ki[conj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahā̃ kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? otherwise (firstly|x) think[hab-past.pl.m.] that abroad from here how come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? 299बहुत मुश्किल है . bahut muśhkil hai . bahut muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
344Otherwise, people here used to wonder how souls from foreign lands would come here; that it would be very difficult.
300लेकिन अभी 200-250 तो आ जाते हैं ना ? lēkin abhī 200-250 tō ā jātē haĩ nā ? lēkin ab[adv.hī] 200-250 tō ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] nā ? but now 200-250 then come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] ∅ ?
345But now, two hundred to two hundred and fifty souls come.
301तो ये धरनी अभी तैयार की है , हल चलाया है , अच्छी मेहनत की है . tō yē dharnī abhī taiyār kī hai , hal chalāyā hai , achchhī mēhnat kī hai . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ab[adv.hī] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , hal[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . then this (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) now x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , x x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , achcha effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
346You have now prepared the field. 347You have ploughed the field, you have done very good service.
302अभी ऐसा ग्रुप तैयार करो . abhī aisā group taiyār karō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now such group x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
348Now prepare such a group.
303कम से कम चलो सर्वव्यापी की बात है या बहुत कड़ी-कड़ी प्वाइन्ट्स हैं , उसको नहीं भी वर्णन करें लेकिन इतना तो समझें कि ये परमात्म शक्ति है . kam sē kam chalō sarvavyāpī kī|key bāt hai yā bahut kaṛī-kaṛī points haĩ , uskō nahī̃ bhī varṇan karē̃ lēkin itnā tō samajhē̃ ki yē paramātma śhakti hai . kam sē kam[x] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sarvavyāpī, sarvavyāpak[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā bahut kaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] point hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kō] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] varṇan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . at least continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] omnipresent (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] or very severe point be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that[.kō] not too x do[opt.pl.12hon3] but such then understand[opt.pl.12hon3] that this Supreme Soul Shakti be[pres.sg.23] . 304ब्रह्मा की अलग नहीं , ब्रह्मा में भी परमात्म शक्ति ने कार्य किया है . brahmā kī|key alag nahī̃ , brahmā mē̃ bhī paramātma śhakti nē kārya kiyā hai . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key alag[adj.] nahī̃[neg] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Brahma (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) separate not , Brahma in too Supreme Soul Shakti ∅ task do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
349O.K., you may not take up the subject of God not being omnipresent, or such very strong points, but at least they should understand that this is God's power; that it is not a separate power of Brahma, but that it is God's power which is working through Brahma.
305तो बाप की पहचान तो मिले ना . tō bāp kī|key pahchān tō milē nā . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pahchānnā[root]|pahchān[n.f.;sg.] tō milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] nā . then father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (recognise[root]|recognition) then (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) ∅ .
350So at least they receive the recognition of the Father.
306ये परमात्म कार्य है , कोई शक्ति है - यहाँ तक आये हैं लेकिन आखिर समाप्ति तब होगी जब परमात्म पहचान मिले . yē paramātma kārya hai , kōī śhakti hai - yahā̃ tak āyē haĩ lēkin ākhir samāpti tab hōgī jab paramātma pahchān milē . yah[pn.pl.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - yahā̃ tak ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ākhir samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tab hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] jab paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahchānnā[root]|pahchān[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] . this Supreme Soul task be[pres.sg.23] , some Shakti be[pres.sg.23] - here until come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but at last completion for only then be[fut.f.sg.23] when Supreme Soul (recognise[root]|recognition) (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) .
351They have reached the point of saying that this is God's task, that there is some power working here.
307तो जो अब तक किया है वो बहुत अच्छा किया है लेकिन अभी और अच्छे से अच्छा करना है . tō jō ab tak kiyā hai vō bahut achchhā kiyā hai lēkin abhī aur achchhē sē achchhā karnā hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.] tak karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then that now until do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but now and achcha from achcha do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
352However, the completion will be when they receive recognition of God. 353So whatever you have done so far has been very good.
308बाप जानते हैं कि मेहनत बहुत करनी पड़ती है लेकिन करनी तो होगी ना ! bāp jāntē haĩ ki mēhnat bahut karnī paṛtī hai lēkin karnī tō hōgī nā ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bahut karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] lēkin karnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|karnā[inf.f.] tō hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā ! father know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that effort very do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] but (x|do[inf.f.]) then be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ !
354However, now you have to do the best of all. 355Baba knows that you have to make a lot of effort.
309तो ऐसा कोई प्रोग्राम बनाओ , जो ऐसे योग्य समझो उनका छोटा-छोटा ग्रुप बनाकर उन्हें समीप लाओ . tō aisā kōī programme banāō , jō aisē yōgya samjhō unkā chhōṭā-chhōṭā group banākar unhē̃ samīp lāō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] programme banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yōgya[adj.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.kā] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[abs.] vah[pn.pl.kō] samīp[adj.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such some programme create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , that such worthy understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.kā] small group create[abs.] that[.kō] close x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
356However, you have to do this. 357So, now create such programmes where you can bring groups of souls, whom you consider to be worthy, closer.
310चाहे एक-एक होकर करो , चाहे छोटे ग्रुप में करो . chāhē ēk-ēk hōkar karō , chāhē chhōṭē group mē̃ karō . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē ēk[adj.] hōnā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group mē̃[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) one be[abs.] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) small group in do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 311जैसा व्यक्ति वैसी सेवा करो . jaisā vyakti vaisī sēvā karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like x x service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
358Whether you do this with individuals or with small groups, do service according to how they are.
312समझा क्या करना है ? samjhā kyā karnā hai ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
359Do you understand what you have to do?
313अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
360Achcha.
314चारों ओर के जयन्ती की मुबारक देने वाले बच्चों को , सदा बाप के साथ-साथ रहने वाले कम्बाइण्ड रूपधारी बच्चों को , सदा उमंग-उत्साह के द्वारा स्वयं को और औरों को आगे बढ़ाने वाले बच्चों को , चारों ओर के सेवा में आगे बढ़ने वाले सच्चे सेवाधारी बच्चों को बापदादा की पद्म-पद्म-पद्म गुणा मुबारक हो . chārō̃ ōr kē|K jayantī kī|key mubārak dēnē vālē bachchō̃ kō , sadā bāp kē|K sāth-sāth rahnē vālē combined rūpdhārī bachchō̃ kō , sadā umaṅg-utsāh kē|K dvārā svayã kō aur aurō̃ kō āgē baṛhānē vālē bachchō̃ kō , chārō̃ ōr kē|K sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛhnē vālē sachchē sēvādhārī bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kī|key padma-padma-padma guṇā mubārak hō . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāth-sāth rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] combined rūpdhārī[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dvārā svayã kō[postp.] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] guṇā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . everywhere (of|K) Jayanti (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to , constantly father (of|K) x remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who combined x child to , constantly zeal and enthusiasm (of|K) through x to and others to previously increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who child to , everywhere (of|K) service in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who true server child to BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) multimillion fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
361To the children in all directions who give greetings for the birthday; to the children in the combined form who constantly stay with the Father; to the children who make themselves and others move forward with constant zeal and enthusiasm; to the truly serviceable souls in all four directions who move forward in service, multi, multi, multimillionfold greetings and congratulations from BapDada.
315याद-प्यार के साथ बाप भी बच्चों की मुबारक , याद-प्यार स्वीकार कर रहे हैं . yād-pyār kē sāth bāp bhī bachchō̃ kī|key mubārak , yād-pyār svīkār kar rahē haĩ . yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] , yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] svīkār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . love, remembrance with father too child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations , love, remembrance acceptance do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
362Together with love and remembrance, Baba is also accepting love, remembrance and greetings from the children.
316देख रहे हैं कि सभी तरफ मुबारक-मुबारक के दिल के गीत बज रहे हैं . dēkh rahē haĩ ki sabhī taraph mubārak-mubārak kē|K dil kē|K gīt baj rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that all direction congratulations (of|K) heart (of|K) x x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
363Baba is seeing that, in all directions, songs of greetings are being played in each one's heart.
317तो ऐसे मुबारक लेने और मुबारक देने के दोनों के संगम की विशेष याद-प्यार और नमस्ते . tō aisē mubārak lēnē aur mubārak dēnē kē|K dōnō̃ kē|K saṅgam kī|key viśhēṣh yād-pyār aur namastē . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . then such congratulations take[inf.m.pl.,o.] and congratulations give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x (of|K) confluence (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special love, remembrance and x .
364So now, special love and remembrance and namaste of the confluence of giving and receiving love, remembrance and greetings.
318अच्छा एक बात आज बच्ची ने खुशखबरी सुनाई कि इस ग्रुप में ऐसे बच्चे हैं जो पूरा एक वर्ष क्रोध मुक्त रहे हैं . achchhā ēk bāt āj bachchī nē khuśhkhabarī sunāī ki is group mē̃ aisē bachchē haĩ jō pūrā ēk varṣh krōdh mukt rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] āj bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunānā[past-part.f.] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukt[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha one matter today girl ∅ good news speak[past-part.f.] that this group in such child be[pres.pl.12hon3] that full one year anger free remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
365Achcha. 366Today, a child gave Baba the good news that she remained completely free from anger for one whole year.
319तो जब सेरीमनी होगी तभी ऐसे क्रोधमुक्त बच्चों का सभी मुखड़ा भी देखना और बाप भी देखेंगे . tō jab ceremony hōgī tabhī aisē krōdhmukt bachchō̃ kā sabhī mukhṛā bhī dēkhnā aur bāp bhī dēkhē̃gē . tō jab ceremony hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tabhī aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] krōdhmukt[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] mukhṛā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then when ceremony be[fut.f.sg.23] x such free from anger child of all face too see[inf.m.sg.d.] and father too see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
367So, when the ceremony takes place, everyone and the Father will seethe face of this child who has remained free from anger for one year.
320वो स्टेज पर आयेंगे . vō stage par āyēṅgē . vah[pn.;d.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that stage (at|other) come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
368She will come onto the stage.
321जिन्होंने हाथ नहीं उठाया हो और बने हो वो भी आ सकते हैं . jinhōnnē hāth nahī̃ uṭhāyā hō aur banē hō vō bhī ā saktē haĩ . jō[pn.pl.nē] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[x] aur bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vah[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . that[.nē] hand not uplift[x] and become[pres-perf.pl.m.2] that too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
369Those who did not raise their hand but have become this can also come onto the stage.
322लेकिन एक वर्ष क्रोध मुक्त बने हुए हो . lēkin ēk varṣh krōdh mukt banē huē hō . lēkin ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukt[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . but one year anger free (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
370However, they should have been free from anger for one year.
323क्या सोच रहे हो ? kyā sōch rahē hō ? kyā sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ? what think[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ?
371What are you thinking?
324हम भी होते तो अच्छा होता . ham bhī hōtē tō achchhā hōtā . ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . we too be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then achcha be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . 325दादियों सेdādiyō̃ sēdādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]Dadi from
372That it would have been good if you were one of them also?
326आपके त्याग और तपस्या का फल प्रत्यक्ष फल दिखा रहा है . āpkē tyāg aur tapasyā kā phal pratyakṣha phal dikhā rahā hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|tyāgnā[root] aur tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|dikhānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . you[.kē] (renunciation|renounce[root]) and tapasya of fruit visible fruit (seem[pres-perf.sg.m.23.past-part+rahnā]|x[pres.sg.m.prog.23]) .
373BapDada speaking to the Dadis:The fruit of your renunciation and tapasya is revealing instant, practical fruit.
327ये 14 वर्ष की तपस्या प्रैक्टिकल में रिजल्ट के रूप में देख रहे हो . yē 14 varṣh kī|key tapasyā practical mē̃ result kē|K rūp mē̃ dēkh rahē hō . yah[pn.pl.d.] 14 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] practical mē̃[postp.] result kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . this 14 year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) tapasya practical in result (of|K) Rup in see[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .
374All of you are now seeing the form of the practical result of the tapasya of fourteen years.
328सभी चाहे देश में , चाहे विदेश में , इस वर्ष के आदि से उमंग-उत्साह में बहुत आये . sabhī chāhē dēśh mē̃ , chāhē vidēśh mē̃ , is varṣh kē|K ādi sē umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ bahut āyē . sab[adv.hī] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , yah[pn.sg.o.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] . all (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) land in , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) abroad in , this year (of|K) etc. from zeal and enthusiasm in very (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) .
375From the beginning of this year, everyone, whether from this land or from abroad, has had a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.
329क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
376Why?
330विशेषता क्या है ? viśhēṣhtā kyā hai ? viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? speciality what be[pres.sg.23] ?
377What is the speciality?
331क्यों उमंग-उत्साह में इतने आये ? kyō̃ umaṅg-utsāh mē̃ itnē āyē ? kyō̃ umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] ? why zeal and enthusiasm in such (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) ?
378Why do they have so much zeal and enthusiasm?
332 ( डायमण्ड जुबली है ) डायमण्ड जुबली की खुशी भी है लेकिन साथ-साथ सेवा की सफलता अभी प्रत्यक्ष रूप में दिखाई दे रही है . ( diamond jubilee hai ) diamond jubilee kī|key khuśhī bhī hai lēkin sāth-sāth sēvā kī|key saphaltā abhī pratyakṣha rūp mē̃ dikhāī dē rahī hai . ( diamond jubilee[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) diamond jubilee[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sāth-sāth sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] pratyakṣh[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . ( x be[pres.sg.23] ) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness too be[pres.sg.23] but x service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success now visible Rup in be visible .
379(Because it is the Diamond Jubilee.) 380Everyone has the happiness of the Diamond Jubilee, but together with this, they are able to see the success of service in a practical way.
333इस कारण फल को देख करके , एक होता है स्वार्थ का फल जो अल्पकाल का होता है और दूसरा है निस्वार्थ सेवा का फल , तो अभी जो मिल रहा है वो निस्वार्थ सेवा जो इतना समय की है उसका फल सहज प्राप्त हो रहा है और इस डायमण्ड जुबली के नशे में , खुशी में और भी सेवा आगे बढ़ सकती है . is kāraṇ phal kō dēkh karkē , ēk hōtā hai svārtha kā phal jō alpkāl kā hōtā hai aur dūsrā hai nisvārth sēvā kā phal , tō abhī jō mil rahā hai vō nisvārth sēvā jō itnā samay kī hai uskā phal sahaj prāpt hō rahā hai aur is diamond jubilee kē|K naśhē mē̃ , khuśhī mē̃ aur bhī sēvā āgē baṛh saktī hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] , ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] svārtha[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] alpkāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] niḥsvārth[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] vah[pn.;d.] niḥsvārth[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur yah[pn.sg.o.] diamond jubilee[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aur bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . this because fruit to see[root] do[abs.] , one be[pres.sg.m.23] x of fruit that temporary period of be[pres.sg.m.23] and other be[pres.sg.23] altruistic service of fruit , then now that receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that altruistic service that such time do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] that[.kā] fruit easy reached be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and this x (of|K) intoxication in , happiness in and too service previously grow[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
381Because of this, the fruit is seen. 382One is fruit based on selfish motives, which is temporary, and the other is the fruit of altruistic service. 383So what you are receiving at the present time is the fruit of the altruistic service that you have done all this time. 384And, in this year of the Diamond Jubilee, service can increase a lot further with this intoxication and happiness.
334आप उमंग-उत्साह से बढ़ाते जायेंगे तो सेवा बढ़ जायेगी . āp umaṅg-utsāh sē baṛhātē jāyēṅgē tō sēvā baṛh jāyēgī . āp[pn.pl.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] baṛhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . you zeal and enthusiasm from increase[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] then service grow[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .
385If you continue to increase it with zeal and enthusiasm, it can expand a lot more.
335आप निमित्त बनी हुई आत्मायें लक्ष्य रखो तो आपके लक्ष्य की किरणें सभी को मिलेगी . āp nimitt banī huī ātmāyē̃ lakṣhya rakhō tō āpkē lakṣhya kī|key kiraṇē̃ sabhī kō milēgī . āp[pn.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] lakṣhya[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kiraṇ[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . you instrument become[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] soul aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then you[.kē] aim (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ray all to receive[fut.f.sg.23] .
386If you instrument souls keep the aim, then everyone will receive the rays of your aim. 387It has to happen, you have to do it.
336होना ही है , करना ही है , आप लोगों को तो है लेकिन औरों को भी हिम्मत और उमंग दिलाने में लक्ष्य और दृढ़ रखो . hōnā hī hai , karnā hī hai , āp lōgō̃ kō tō hai lēkin aurō̃ kō bhī himmat aur umaṅg dilānē mē̃ lakṣhya aur dr̥iṛh rakhō . hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] lakṣhya[adj.] aur dr̥iṛh[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , you people to then be[pres.sg.23] but others to too courage and zeal x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in aim and determined keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
388All of you have this determination, but now keep an even more determined aim of giving courage and enthusiasm to others.
337ब्रह्मा बाप और शिव बाप की पहचान बच्चों को मिलनी तो है ना ? brahmā bāp aur śhiv bāp kī|key pahchān bachchō̃ kō milnī tō hai nā ? brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pahchānnā[root]|pahchān[n.f.;sg.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] milnā[inf.f.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? Brahma father and Shiva father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (recognise[root]|recognition) child to receive[inf.f.] then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 338समझा ? samjhā ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?
389Children are to receive the recognition of father Brahma and Father Shiva, are they not?
339 ( सामने बैठी हुई टीचर्स से ) आप लोग सुन रहे हो ना ? ( sāmnē baiṭhī huī teachers sē ) āp lōg sun rahē hō nā ? ( sāmnē baiṭhnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[past-part.f.] teacher sē[postp.] ) āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] nā ? ( x sit[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] teacher from ) you people listen[pres.pl.m.prog.2] ∅ ?
390Do you understand? 391(Speaking to the teachers sitting in front of Baba.)
340तो आप भुजाओं के बिना कुछ नहीं होता है . tō āp bhujāō̃ kē|K binā kuchh nahī̃ hōtā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] bhujā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā kuchh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then you arm (of|K) without anything not be[pres.sg.m.23] .
392All of you are listening, are you not? 393Nothing can happen without you arms.
341ये हैं प्लैन करने वाले , संकल्प देने वाले लेकिन संकल्प को साकार करने वाले कौन ? yē haĩ plan karnē vālē , saṅkalp dēnē vālē lēkin saṅkalp kō sākār karnē vālē kaun ? yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] plan karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? this be[pres.pl.12hon3] plan do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , thought give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who but thought to sakar do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who ?
394You (Dadis) are the ones who make the plans, the ones who give your thoughts, but who will make these thoughts practical?
342बोलो ना हम हैं . bōlō nā ham haĩ . bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nā ham[pn.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ∅ we be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
395Say that you are the ones who will do this.
343क्यों , भुजा समझ कर करेंगे तो मैं-पन बॉडी कान्सेस का आयेगा ही नहीं . kyō̃ , bhujā samajh kar karē̃gē tō maĩ-pan body conscious kā āyēgā hī nahī̃ . kyō̃ , bhujā[n.f.;sg.] samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] karnā[root] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō maĩ-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] body conscious[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . why , arm (understanding|understand[root]) do[root] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then consciousness of “I” body conscious of come[fut.m.sg.23] only not .
396Because if you do everything considering yourself to be the arms, you will not have the consciousness of "I" based on body consciousness.
344विदेश के भी आदि रत्न बैठे हैं . vidēśh kē|K bhī ādi ratna baiṭhē haĩ . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . abroad (of|K) too etc. jewel sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
397The original jewels from the foreign lands are also sitting here.
345लहर अभी अच्छी है . lahar abhī achchhī hai . lahar[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . wave now achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
398There is a very good wave at present.
346लहर औरों को अभी देने की आवश्यकता नहीं है . lahar aurō̃ kō abhī dēnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai . lahar[n.f.;sg.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . wave others to now give[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need not be[pres.sg.23] . 347लहर आ गई है . lahar ā gaī hai . lahar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . wave come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
399There is no need to create these waves in others, because there is already this wave in everyone.
348अभी सिर्फ उन्हों को और उमंग-उत्साह दिलाते चलो . abhī sirph unhō̃ kō aur umaṅg-utsāh dilātē chalō . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] aur umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dilānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now only that to and zeal and enthusiasm x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
400Now, simply continue to give more zeal and enthusiasm to others.
349निमित्त आत्मायें अच्छी हो और बापदादा के समीप हो . nimitt ātmāyē̃ achchhī hō aur bāpdādā kē|K samīp hō . nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . instrument soul achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and BapDada (of|K) close (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
401Instrument souls are good and close to BapDada.
350समीप हो या फॉरेन में हो ? samīp hō yā foreign mē̃ hō ? samīp[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā foreign mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? close (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or abroad in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
402Are you close or are you in the foreign lands?
351समीप हैं ना ? samīp haĩ nā ? samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ? close be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
403You are close, are you not?
352बापदादा भी खुश होते हैं वाह मेरे राइट हैण्ड . bāpdādā bhī khuśh hōtē haĩ vāh mērē right hand . bāpdādā bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] right hand[x] . BapDada too happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] wah! I[.kē] right hand .
404BapDada is also happy and says: Wah, My right hands!
353राइट हैण्ड हैं ना ? right hand haĩ nā ? right hand[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ? right hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
405You are the right hands, are you not?
354राइट हैण्ड से ही काम होता है . right hand sē hī kām hōtā hai . right hand[x] sē[postp.] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . right hand from only (lust|task) be[pres.sg.m.23] .
406All work is done with the right hand.
355तो हर स्थान पर बाप के राइट हैण्ड हैं . tō har|her sthān par bāp kē|K right hand haĩ . tō harnā[root]|har|her sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K right hand[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then (x[root]|x) place (at|other) father (of|K) right hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
407At everyplace, there are Baba's right hands.
356लेकिन जो आदि रत्न निमित्त हो उन्हों को और आगे बढ़ते बढ़ाना है . lēkin jō ādi ratna nimitt hō unhō̃ kō aur āgē baṛhtē baṛhānā hai . lēkin jō[pn.;d.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] aur āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] baṛhānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . but that etc. jewel instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that to and previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] increase[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
408The original jewels who are instruments have to continue to move forward even more and inspire others also.
357एक ही काम है बस . ēk hī kām hai bas . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bas|basnā[root] . one only (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] (simply|x[root]) .
409You just have this one task.
358कहाँ भी देखो सेवा में थोड़ी सी थकावट फील करते हैं या मेहनत फील करते हैं तो उन्हों को कोई न कोई सहयोग देकर उमंग-उत्साह बढ़ाओ . kahā̃ bhī dēkhō sēvā mē̃ thōṛī see|sī|C thakāvaṭ feel kartē haĩ yā mēhnat feel kartē haĩ tō unhō̃ kō kōī na kōī sahyōg dēkar umaṅg-utsāh baṛhāō . kahā̃ bhī[p.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] feel karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] feel karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kōī na kōī[x] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[abs.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . where too see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service in short (see|x) tiredness feel do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or effort feel do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that to one .. or another cooperation give[abs.] zeal and enthusiasm increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
410Whenever you see that others are feeling tired in service, or when they feel something to be very hard, give them some cooperation and increase their zeal and enthusiasm.
359ये आप लोगों का काम है . yē āp lōgō̃ kā kām hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this you people of (lust|task) be[pres.sg.23] .
411This is the duty of all of you.
360समझा ? samjhā ? samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|samjhānā[root] ? (understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]|explain[root]) ?
412Do you understand?
361जो टीचर्स हैं उसमें भी आप लोग विशेष निमित्त हो . jō teachers haĩ usmē̃ bhī āp lōg viśhēṣh nimitt hō . jō[pn.;d.] teacher hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that teacher be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] too you people special instrument (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
413Amongst the teachers also, all of you are special instruments.
362समझते हो अपने को निमित्त ? samajhtē hō apnē kō nimitt ? samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? understand[pres.pl.m.2] one’s own to instrument ?
414Do you consider yourselves to be instruments?
363बोलो , जयन्ती बोलो . bōlō , jayantī bōlō . bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Jayanti speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
415Speak, Jayanti, speak!
364थक तो नहीं गई ना ? thak tō nahī̃ gaī nā ? thaknā, phathaknā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.f.] nā ? become desperate[root] then not go[past-part.f.] ∅ ?
416You are not tired, are you?
365अच्छा है सभी टीचर्स में भी अभी मैजारिटी में हिम्मत आ गई है . achchhā hai sabhī teachers mē̃ bhī abhī majority mē̃ himmat ā gaī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sab[adv.hī] teacher mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.hī] majority mē̃[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] all teacher in too now majority in courage come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
417It is good that, even amongst the teachers, the majority of you have courage. 418You have, have you not?
366अभी निर्विघ्न बनने की विधि भी समझ गये हैं . abhī nirvighna bannē kī|key vidhi bhī samajh gayē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] nirvighna[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] samajhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . now free from obstacles become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method too understand[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
419You have now understood the method to become free from obstacles.
367पहले घबराते बहुत थे ना , अभी घबराते कम हैं , हिम्मत आई है . pahlē ghabrātē bahut thē nā , abhī ghabrātē cum|kam haĩ , himmat āī hai . pahlē[adv.]|pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghabrānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut hōnā[past.pl] nā , ab[adv.hī] ghabrānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (firstly|x) be afraid[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very be[past.pl] ∅ , now be afraid[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] , courage come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
420Previously, you used to be very afraid. 421But now, you are not afraid so much, you have received courage.
368क्योंकि एक तरफ बाप का प्यार और दूसरे तरफ सेवा का बल तो दोनों ने अभी हिम्मत बढ़ाई है . kyōṅki ēk taraph bāp kā pyār aur dūsrē taraph sēvā kā bal tō dōnō̃ nē abhī himmat baṛhāī hai . kyōṅki ēk taraph[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dūsrē taraph[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dōnō̃ nē[postp.] ab[adv.hī] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . because x father of love and x service of strength then x ∅ now courage increase[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
422On the one side is the Father's love and on the other side is the power received from service, and so both of these have increased your courage.
369अच्छा-टीचर्स हाथ उठाओ . acchā-ṭīcarsa hāth uṭhāō . x hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x raise your hands .
423Teachers, raise your hands.
370बस बापदादा सभी को यह कहते हैं कि सदा खुश रहो , सेवा में आबाद रहो . bas bāpdādā sabhī kō yah kahtē haĩ ki sadā khuśh rahō , sēvā mē̃ ābād rahō . bas|basnā[root] bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā khuśh[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ābād[adj.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (simply|x[root]) BapDada all to this say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that constantly happy remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , service in content remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
424BapDada is telling everyone: May you remain happy and may you be fruitful and prosperous in service.
371बच्चों से मिलन मनाने के पश्चात् बापदादा ने अपने हस्तों से झण्डा फहराया . bachchō̃ sē milan manānē kē|K paścāt bāpdādā nē apnē hastō̃ sē jhaṇḍā phahrāyā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x bāpdādā nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hast[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] phahrānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . child from meeting celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) x BapDada ∅ one’s own x from flag x[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 372जब यह झण्डा लहराया तो बच्चों को कितनी खुशी हो रही है . jab yah jhaṇḍā laharāyā tō bachchō̃ kō kitnī khuśhī hō rahī hai . jab yah[pn.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . when this flag hoist[past-part.m.sg.d.] then child to so happiness be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
425(After celebrating the meeting with the children, BapDada hoisted the flag with His hands.)You are all feeling so happy on hoisting this flag.
373और जब विश्व में सभी के आगे झण्डा लहरेगा तो कितनी खुशियाँ होंगी ! aur jab viśhva mē̃ sabhī kē āgē jhaṇḍā laharēgā tō kitnī khuśhiyā̃ hōṅgī ! aur jab viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adv.hī] kē āgē[x] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ! and when world in all in front of flag hoist[fut.m.sg.23] then so happiness be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] !
426When the flag will be hoisted in front of everyone in the world, there will be so much happiness experienced.
374कितनी तालियाँ बजेंगी . kitnī tāliyā̃ bajē̃gī . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . so clapping x[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
427There will be so much applause.
375झण्डा सदा ऊंचा रखते हैं क्यों ? jhaṇḍā sadā ūñchā rakhtē haĩ kyō̃ ? jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sadā ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyō̃ ? flag constantly elevated keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] why ?
428Why do you always keep the flag so high?
376ऊंचे का अर्थ है कि सबकी नज़र उस तरफ जाये तो जब प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहरेगा तो सबकी नज़र उसी एक बाप के तरफ होगी . ūñchē kā arth|earth hai ki sabkī nazar us taraph jāyē tō jab pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharēgā tō sabkī nazar usī ēk bāp kē|K taraph hōgī . ūñch[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō jab pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] vah[pn.sg.hī] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] . elevated of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] that everyone's glance that direction go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] then when revelation of flag hoist[fut.m.sg.23] then everyone's glance that[.hī] one father (of|K) direction be[fut.f.sg.23] .
429To keep it high means that everyone's vision can be drawn to it, and so when the flag of revelation is hoisted, everyone's vision will be drawn towards the Father.
377आपके दिलों में तो बाप का झण्डा याद का है ही लेकिन अभी दूसरों के दिलों में ये प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहराना है . āpkē dilō̃ mē̃ tō bāp kā jhaṇḍā yād kā hai hī lēkin abhī dūsrō̃ kē|K dilō̃ mē̃ yē pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharānā hai . āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin ab[adv.hī] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . you[.kē] heart in then father of flag remembrance of be[pres.sg.23] only but now other (of|K) heart in this revelation of flag hoist[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
430All of you have the flag of Baba's remembrance in your heart anyway, but you now have to hoist this flag in the heart of everyone else.
378ये तो कपड़े का झण्डा लहराया लेकिन प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा सभी को मिलकर लहराना है और लहरना ही है . yē tō kapṛē kā jhaṇḍā laharāyā lēkin pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā sabhī kō milkar laharānā hai aur laharanā hī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō kapṛā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] milnā[abs.] laharānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur x hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then clothes of flag hoist[past-part.m.sg.d.] but revelation of flag all to receive[abs.] hoist[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and x only be[pres.sg.23] .
431You have hoisted the flag of material, but everyone together has to hoist the flag of revelation; the flag will be hoisted.
379जाम्बिया के भूतपूर्व राष्ट्रपति कैनेथ कौण्डा तथा उनके साथियों से अव्यक्त बापदादा की मुलाकातjāmbiyā kē|K bhūtapūrva rāṣhṭrapati kainēth kauṇḍā tathā unkē sāthiyō̃ sē avyakt bāpdādā kī|key mulākātx kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x rāṣhṭrapati[n.m.;sg.,d.] x x tathā vah[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] avyakt[adj.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mulākāt[n.f.;sg.]x (of|K) x president x x and that[.kē] companion from avyakt BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x
432(At the time of leaving, BapDada gave congratulations for the Silver Jubilee of service in the foreign lands.) 433Did all of you celebrate very well?
380बहुत अच्छे टाइम पर यहाँ पहुँच गये . bahut achchhē time par yahā̃ pahũch gayē . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time par[postp.]|par[adj.] yahā̃ pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . very achcha time (at|other) here reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
434Did you also make yourselves into diamonds?
381सेवा का चांस बहुत अच्छा ले सकते हो . sēvā kā chance bahut achchhā lē saktē hō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . service of chance very achcha take[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
435To celebrate means to become.
382अभी अपने को सिर्फ जाम्बिया के सेवाधारी समझते हो वा अपने को गॉडली मैसेन्जर समझते हो ? abhī apnē kō sirph jāmbiyā kē|K sēvādhārī samajhtē hō vā apnē kō godly messenger samajhtē hō ? ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] sirph[adj.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] vā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] godly[adj.] messenger samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? now one’s own to only x (of|K) server understand[pres.pl.m.2] or one’s own to Godly messenger understand[pres.pl.m.2] ?
436So, you celebrated and you also made yourselves. 437Today is the special Silver Jubilee of the establishment of service in the foreign lands.
383जाम्बिया में गॉडली मैसेन्जर भी बनकर गॉडली मैसेज देंगे ना ? jāmbiyā mē̃ godly messenger bhī bankar godly message dēgē nā ? x mē̃[postp.] godly[adj.] messenger bhī[p.] bannā[abs.] godly[adj.] message dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? x in Godly messenger too become[abs.] Godly message give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ? 384देखो सेवा के संस्कार तो पहले से हैं ही , अभी सिर्फ सेवा में स्प्रीचुअलिटी एड करनी है . dēkhō sēvā kē|K saṅskār tō pahlē sē haĩ hī , abhī sirph sēvā mē̃ sprīcualiṭī add karnī hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] tō pahlē sē[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] , ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] x add karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service (of|K) sanskar then beforehand be[pres.pl.12hon3] only , now only service in x add do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
438So, to all those who have their Silver Jubilee, and especially those in London, Hong Kong, Nairobi, Lusaka, wherever service took place and whoever did that service many, many congratulations to all of you. 439Congratulations! 440Congratulations!
385और आप जानते भी हो कि आज विश्व में स्प्रीचुअलिटी के बिना परिवर्तन होना मुश्किल है . aur āp jāntē bhī hō ki āj viśhva mē̃ sprīcualiṭī kē|K binā parivartan hōnā muśhkil hai . aur āp[pn.pl.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] āj viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and you know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that today world in x (of|K) without transformation be[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
441So now you can also celebrate your Silver Jubilee. 442It is especially the Silver Jubilee of the double foreigners. 443Is it the Silver Jubilee of all of you?
386तो आप जैसे और राजनीति सेवा के ग्रुप बनाते हैं , बने हुए हैं , ऐसे अभी आध्यात्मिक मूल्य का ग्रुप बनाओ . tō āp jaisē aur rājnīti sēvā kē|K group banātē haĩ , banē huē haĩ , aisē abhī ādhyātmik mūlya kā group banāō . tō āp[pn.pl.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur rājnīti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K group banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] ādhyātmik[adj.] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then you like and politics service (of|K) group create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , such now spiritual value of group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
444Congratulations to all those who have been continuing along this path for twenty-five years. 445Those who have been here for twenty-five years, raise your hands!
387जैसे अभी राजनीतिक कार्य में भी आपके साथी हैं , ग्रुप है , तो ऐसा ग्रुप बनाओ जो मॉरल वैल्यु को आगे बढ़ाये . jaisē abhī rājanītik kārya mē̃ bhī āpkē sāthī haĩ , group hai , tō aisā group banāō jō môral value kō āgē baṛhāyē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] x kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , group hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] x value kō[postp.] āgē baṛhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . like now x task in too you[.kē] companion be[pres.pl.12hon3] , group be[pres.sg.23] , then such group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x Values to previously increase[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
446To all those brothers and sisters who have remained free from anger for the whole year: You have performed a very good task of being free from anger. 447But now, don't let go of this.
388ऐसे एक-एक देश में , चाहे छोटे , चाहे बड़े कोई न कोई निमित्त बन जायेंगे तो ये वायब्रेशन फैलता जायेगा . aisē ēk-ēk dēśh mē̃ , chāhē chhōṭē , chāhē baṛē kōī na kōī nimitt ban jāyēṅgē tō yē vibration phailtā jāyēgā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ēk[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōī na kōī[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] vibration phailnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . such one land in , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) small , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) very one .. or another instrument become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] then this vibrations spread[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .
448You will remain like this at all times, will you not? 449Or, will you become a little slack? 450Do not become slack, but become even stronger. 451(Avyakt BapDada's personal meeting with the Ex President of Zambia, Mr.
389क्योंकि आपमें पहले से ही दो विशेषतायें हैं और उन विशेषताओं से आप और जल्दी आगे बढ़ सकते हो . kyōṅki āpmē̃ pahlē sē hī dō viśhēṣhatāyē̃ haĩ aur un viśhēṣhatāō̃ sē āp aur jaldī āgē baṛh saktē hō . kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.mē̃] pahlē sē[x] hī[p.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur vah[pn.pl.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] aur jaldī āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . because you[.mē̃] beforehand only (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) speciality be[pres.pl.12hon3] and that speciality from you and very quickly previously grow[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
452Kenneth Kaunda and his companions.) 453You have reached here at a very good time. 454You can take a very good opportunity for service.
390एक तो शुरू से दृढ़ निश्चय वाले हो , करना ही है और दूसरा सेवा के लिये अगर कुछ सहन भी करना पड़ता तो सहनशक्ति भी है . ēk tō śhurū sē dr̥iṛh niśhchay vālē hō , karnā hī hai aur dūsrā sēvā kē|K liyē agar kuchh sahan bhī karnā paṛtā tō sahanśhakti bhī hai . ēk[adj.] tō śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] agar kuchh sahan[adj.] bhī[p.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one then beginning from determined faith those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] and other service (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] if anything tolerance too do[inf.m.sg.d.] fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then x too be[pres.sg.23] .
455At present, do you just consider yourself to be a serviceable soul of Zambia or do you consider yourself to be a Godly messenger? 456You will become a Godly messenger in Zambia and give the Godly message, will you not?
391तो जहाँ दृढ़ता और सहनशक्ति है वहाँ जो चाहे वो कर सकते हैं . tō jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā aur sahanśhakti hai vahā̃ jō chāhē vō kar saktē haĩ . tō jahā̃ dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] aur sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē vah[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . then where there determination and x be[pres.sg.23] there that (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) that do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . 392अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
457Look, you already have the sanskars of doing service, now, simply add spirituality to your service.
393मॉरिशियस के भूतपूर्व शिक्षा एवं विज्ञान मंत्री भ्राता परशुराम जी से : môriśiyas kē|K bhūtapūrva śhikṣhā ēvã vigyān mantrī bhrātā paraśhurām jī sē : x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ēvã vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mantrī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhrātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paraśhurām[n.m.;sg.,d.] jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] : x (of|K) x teachings x vigyan minister brother Parasu-Rama (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) from :
458And, of course, you know that without spirituality in the world, it is difficult for transformation to take place.
394ये भी लक्की है क्योंकि मनन करते रहते हो . yē bhī lucky hai kyōṅki manan kartē rahtē hō . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] lucky hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . this too lucky be[pres.sg.23] because churning do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . 395प्लैन सोचते रहते हो-ऐसे नहीं ऐसे है , ऐसे नहीं ऐसे . plan sōchtē rahtē hō-aisē nahī̃ aisē hai , aisē nahī̃ aisē . plan sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x nahī̃[neg] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aisē nahī̃[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . plan think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x not such be[pres.sg.23] , it isn't that such . 396तो जो मनन शक्ति वाले होते हैं उसको बाप की भी मदद मिलती है . tō jō manan śhakti vālē hōtē haĩ uskō bāp kī|key bhī madad miltī hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] manan[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then that churning Shakti those who be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too x receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
459So, just as you create political groups these groups are already created so too, now create a group of spiritual values. 460Just as your companions now are your companions in the political field there is a group created - so now create a group who can increase moral values.
397जो मुश्किल काम होता है ना वो सहज हो जाता है . jō muśhkil kām hōtā hai nā vō sahaj hō jātā hai . jō[pn.;d.] muśhkil[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.;d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . that difficult (lust|task) be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ that easy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
461This one also has very good zeal and enthusiasm, does he not?
398तो अभी तक जो किया है वो बहुत अच्छा किया है और आगे भी करना ही है . tō abhī tak jō kiyā hai vō bahut achchhā kiyā hai aur āgē bhī karnā hī hai . tō ab[adv.hī] tak jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then now until that do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that very achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and previously too do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 399सोचेंगे , करेंगे … नहीं . sōchē̃gē , karē̃gē … nahī̃ . sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … nahī̃[neg] . think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … not .
462If, in each country, whether it is small or big, if one or another person becomes an instrument, then this vibration will spread.
400करना ही है . karnā hī hai . karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] . 401जो ये सोचते हैं ना - देखेंगे , करेंगे तो जो विघ्न आते हैं उसमें पीछे हट जाते हैं . jō yē sōchtē haĩ nā - dēkhē̃gē , karē̃gē tō jō vighna ātē haĩ usmē̃ pīchhē haṭ jātē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā - dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō jō[pn.;d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] pīchhē haṭnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . that this think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ - see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then that obstacle come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.mē̃] move backwards .
463You already have two specialities, you haven't just developed them, but you have them from before, and with those specialities, you can move further forward even more quickly.
402और जो दृढ़ संकल्प रखते हैं कि करना ही है वो पास हो जाते हैं . aur jō dr̥iṛh saṅkalp rakhtē haĩ ki karnā hī hai vō pās|pass hō jātē haĩ . aur jō[pn.;d.] dr̥iṛh[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . and that determined thought keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] that (x|pass) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
464One is that, from the beginning, you have very determined faith; you know that you have to do something.
403चाहे कितनी भी ऊंची दीवार आ जाए लेकिन पार हो जाते हैं . chāhē kitnī bhī ūñchī dīvār ā jāē lēkin pār hō jātē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dīvār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] lēkin pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) so too elevated wall come[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] but across be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
465And, secondly, even if you have to tolerate something for the sake of service, you have that power to tolerate.
404दीवार छोटी हो जाती है और स्वयं शक्तिशाली बड़े हो जाते हो . dīvār chhōṭī hō jātī hai aur svayã śhaktiśhālī baṛē hō jātē hō . dīvār[n.f.;sg.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] aur svayã śhaktiśhālī[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . wall small be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] and x powerful very be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
466So where there is determination and tolerance, that person can achieve whatever he wants.
405इसलिए हिम्मत और बाप का साथ ये नहीं छोड़ना . isliē himmat aur bāp kā sāth yē nahī̃ chhōṛnā . isliē himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore courage and father of with this not renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] .
467It is good. 468This one is also lucky because he keeps on churning.
406 ( रिट्रीट में आये हुए अन्य गेस्ट को देखकर ) इतने सभी मिलकर जो चाहे सो कर सकते हैं . ( retreat mē̃ āyē huē anya guest kō dēkhkar ) itnē sabhī milkar jō chāhē sō kar saktē haĩ . ( retreat mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] anya[adj.] guest kō[postp.] dēkhnā[abs.] ) itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sab[adv.hī] milnā[abs.] jō[pn.;d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sō|sōnā[root] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . ( x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] other guest to see[abs.] ) such all receive[abs.] that (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (x|sleep[root]) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
469You continually think of plans: not like this, but like this; not like this, but like this. 470Those who have the power to churn receive help from the Father.
407अपने शक्तियों को आगे कार्य में लगाते जाओ तो बढ़ती जायेंगी . apnē śhaktiyō̃ kō āgē kārya mē̃ lagātē jāō tō baṛhtī jāyēṅgī . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] āgē kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō baṛhnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . one’s own Shakti to previously task in attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then grow[fut.f.pl.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . 408क्योंकि अभी स्प्रीचुअल पॉवर का भी पता पड़ गया . kyōṅki abhī spiritual power kā bhī patā paṛ gayā . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] spiritual[adj.] power kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . because now spiritual power of too knowledge fall[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
471Then whatever is a difficult task becomes easy. 472So whatever you have done so far has been very good, but now, you have to for a lot more in the future.
409अभी स्प्रीचुअल पॉवर का अनुभव हो गया ना ? abhī spiritual power kā anubhav hō gayā nā ? ab[adv.hī] spiritual[adj.] power kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ? now spiritual power of experience be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ ? 410अच्छा है , ग्रुप अच्छा है . achchhā hai , group achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , group achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , group achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
473You shouldn't think that you will think about it, that you will do it some time in the future, but you have to do it.
411ये और ग्रुप को भी लायेंगे . yē aur group kō bhī lāyēṅgē . yah[pn.pl.d.] aur group kō[postp.] bhī[p.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this and group to too x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 412जिसकी भावना स्प्रीचुअलिटी के तरफ होती है उसको भावना का फल अवश्य मिलता है . jiskī bhāvnā sprīcualiṭī kē|K taraph hōtī hai uskō bhāvnā kā phal avaśhya miltā hai . jō[pn.sg.kī] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] avaśhya milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . that[.kī] feeling x (of|K) direction be[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kō] feeling of fruit x receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
474Those who think that they will think about it in the future, then when any obstacles come, they step backwards, whereas those who have the determination to do something are able to pass.
413अभी गॉडली मैसेज देने में भी सहयोगी बनना ही है . abhī godly message dēnē mē̃ bhī sahyōgī bannā hī hai . ab[adv.hī] godly[adj.] message dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now Godly message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too co-operative become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
475Then no matter how high a wall comes in front of them, they are able to go over it.
414विदाई के समय बापदादा ने विदेश सेवाओं के सिल्वर जुबली की मुबारक दी तथा पूरे वर्ष जो क्रोध मुक्त रहे हैं उन्हें स्टेज पर बुलाया : vidāī kē|K samay bāpdādā nē vidēśh sēvāō̃ kē|K silver jubilee kī|key mubārak the|dī tathā pūrē varṣh jō krōdh mukt rahē haĩ unhē̃ stage par bulāyā : vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K silver jubilee karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] tathā pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukt[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] bulānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] : farewell (of|K) time BapDada ∅ abroad service (of|K) silver x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (the|give[past-part.f.]) and full year that anger free remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] stage (at|other) call[past-part.m.sg.d.] :
476The wall becomes small and they themselves become powerful and greater than the wall. 477Therefore, do not let go of courage and the Father's company. 478Achcha, all these have come with you.
415सभी ने अच्छी तरह से मनाया ? sabhī nē achchhī tarah sē manāyā ? sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? all ∅ achcha x from celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 416अपने को बनाया ? apnē kō banāyā ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? one’s own to create[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 417मनाना अर्थात् बनना . manānā arthāt bannā . manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
479It is good that you have maintained courage, and so you receive the power of courage.
418तो मनाया भी और अपने को बनाया भी . tō manāyā bhī aur apnē kō banāyā bhī . tō manānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] . then celebrate[past-part.m.sg.d.] too and one’s own to create[past-part.m.sg.d.] too .
480It has become easy, has it not, or is it difficult?
419आज विशेष विदेश के सेवा स्थापन होने की सिल्वर जुबली है . āj viśhēṣh vidēśh kē|K sēvā sthāpan hōnē kī|key silver jubilee hai . āj viśhēṣh[adj.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key silver jubilee hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today special abroad (of|K) service establishment be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) silver x be[pres.sg.23] .
481It is good. 482So in the future also, make this firm by creating a group. 483It is good.
420तो सभी सिल्वर जुबली वालों को खास लण्डन और हांगकांग और नैरोबी , लुसाका … जहाँ भी सेवा की और जिन्होंने भी सेवा की उन सबको बहुत-बहुत मुबारक ! tō sabhī silver jubilee vālō̃ kō khās london aur hāṅgakāṅg aur nairōbī , lusākā … jahā̃ bhī sēvā kī|key aur jinhōnnē bhī sēvā kī|key un sabkō bahut-bahut mubārak ! tō sab[adv.hī] silver jubilee vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khās London aur x aur x , x … jahā̃ bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur jō[pn.pl.nē] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkō bahut mubārak[n.f.;sg.] ! then all silver x those who to x x and x and x , x … where there too service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and that[.nē] too service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that everything very congratulations !
484This one also likes this. 485All of you together can do whatever you want. 486Now, continue to use your powers for the task in the future and they will increase. 487You now know about spiritual power.
421मुबारक ! mubārak ! mubārak[n.f.;sg.] ! congratulations ! 422मुबारक ! mubārak ! mubārak[n.f.;sg.] ! congratulations ! 423तो सिल्वर जुबली भी मना लेना . tō silver jubilee bhī manā lēnā . tō silver jubilee bhī[p.] manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|manānā[root] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then silver x too (x|celebrate[root]) take[inf.m.sg.d.] .
488You have now experienced spiritual power, have you not? 489It is good.
424खास डबल विदेशियों की सिल्वर जुबली है . khās double vidēśhiyō̃ kī|key silver jubilee hai . khās double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key silver jubilee hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x double foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) silver x be[pres.sg.23] . 425आप लोगों की है सिल्वर जुबली ? āp lōgō̃ kī hai silver jubilee ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] silver jubilee ? you people do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] silver x ?
490This group is good. 491Those who have a feeling for spirituality definitely receive the fruit of their feeling.
426 ( 21 वर्ष हुए ) तो भी मुबारक हो जो 21 वर्ष चले हैं . ( 21 varṣh huē ) tō bhī mubārak hō jō 21 varṣh chalē haĩ . ( 21 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) tō bhī[x] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] 21 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . ( 21 year be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ) ∅ congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that 21 year continue[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
492Now, you have to be cooperative in giving the message of God. 493Do you wish to be this?
427हाथ उठाओ जो 21 वर्ष के हैं . hāth uṭhāō jō 21 varṣh kē|K haĩ . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] 21 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . raise your hands that 21 year (of|K) be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 428क्रोध मुक्त रहने वालों सेkrōdh mukt rahnē vālō̃ sēkrōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mukt[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.]anger free remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who from
494(Speaking to another person): This one has become a family member, have you not?
429अच्छा हिम्मत का काम किया है लेकिन इसको छोड़ना नहीं . achchhā himmat kā kām kiyā hai lēkin iskō chhōṛnā nahī̃ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin yah[pn.sg.kō] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . achcha courage of (lust|task) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but this[.kō] renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
495You have become a family member, have you not? 496You are now a Brahma Kumari, are you not?
430सदा रहेंगे ना ? sadā rahē̃gē nā ? sadā rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? constantly remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
497Are you sure?
431कि थोड़ा ढीला हो जायेगा ? ki thōṛā ḍhīlā hō jāyēgā ? ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ? that short x be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] ?
498The stamp has been applied. 499It is good.
432ढीला नहीं होना है और मज़बूत होना है . ḍhīlā nahī̃ hōnā hai aur mazbūt hōnā hai . ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur majbūt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x not be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and x be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
500By maintaining courage, it has become easy. 501Achcha. 502* * * O MS H A N T I * * *